Document:

Indenture dated as of June 11, 2003

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

  
 LANGUAGE LINE, INC., 
 as Issuer 
  
 THE GUARANTORS named herein 
  
 and 
  
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK, 
  
 as Trustee 
  

  
 INDENTURE 
  
 Dated as of June 11, 2004 
  

  
 11-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

					
	 TIA
 Section

	 	 	  	Indenture
Section

	310  (a)(1)	  	7.10
	        (a)(2)	 	 	  	7.10
	        (a)(3)	 	 	  	N.A.
	        (a)(4)	 	 	  	N.A.
	        (a)(5)	 	 	  	N.A.
	        (b)	 	 	  	7.08; 7.10; 13.02
	        (b)(1)	 	 	  	7.10
	        (c)	 	 	  	N.A.
	311  (a)	 	 	  	7.11
	        (b)	 	 	  	7.11
	        (c)	 	 	  	N.A.
	312  (a)	 	 	  	2.06
	        (b)	 	 	  	13.03
	        (c)	 	 	  	13.03
	313  (a)	 	 	  	7.06
	        (b)(1)	 	 	  	N.A.
	        (b)(2)	 	 	  	7.06
	        (c)	 	 	  	7.06; 13.02
	        (d)	 	 	  	7.06
	314  (a)	 	 	  	4.06; 4.18; 13.02
	        (b)	 	 	  	N.A.
	        (c)(1)	 	 	  	13.04
	        (c)(2)	 	 	  	13.04
	        (c)(3)	 	 	  	N.A.
	        (d)	 	 	  	N.A.
	        (e)	 	 	  	13.05
	        (f)	 	 	  	N.A.
	315  (a)	 	 	  	7.01(b)
	        (b)	 	 	  	7.05; 13.02
	        (c)	 	 	  	7.01(a)
	        (d)	 	 	  	7.01(c)
	        (e)	 	 	  	6.12
	316  (a) (last sentence)	  	2.10
	        (a)(1)(A)	 	 	  	6.05
	        (a)(1)(B)	 	 	  	6.04
	        (a)(2)	 	 	  	N.A.
	        (b)	 	 	  	6.08
	        (c)	 	 	  	8.04
	317  (a)(1)	 	 	  	6.09
	        (a)(2)	 	 	  	6.10
	        (b)	 	 	  	2.05; 7.12
	318  (a)	 	 	  	13.01

 N.A. means Not Applicable 
 Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 	  	ARTICLE ONE	  	 
			
	 	  	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	 
	 SECTION 1.01.
	  	Definitions	  	1
	 SECTION 1.02.
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	19
	 SECTION 1.03.
	  	Rules of Construction	  	20
			
	 	  	ARTICLE TWO	  	 
			
	 	  	THE NOTES	  	 
			
	 SECTION 2.01.
	  	Amount of Notes	  	21
	 SECTION 2.02.
	  	Form and Dating	  	21
	 SECTION 2.03.
	  	Execution and Authentication	  	21
	 SECTION 2.04.
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	22
	 SECTION 2.05.
	  	Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust	  	22
	 SECTION 2.06.
	  	Noteholder Lists	  	23
	 SECTION 2.07.
	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	23
	 SECTION 2.08.
	  	Replacement Notes	  	23
	 SECTION 2.09.
	  	Outstanding Notes	  	24
	 SECTION 2.10.
	  	Treasury Notes	  	24
	 SECTION 2.11.
	  	Cancellation	  	24
	 SECTION 2.12.
	  	Defaulted Interest	  	24
	 SECTION 2.13.
	  	CUSIP Number	  	25
	 SECTION 2.14.
	  	Deposit of Moneys	  	25
	 SECTION 2.15.
	  	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes	  	25
	 SECTION 2.16.
	  	Special Transfer Provisions	  	27
	 SECTION 2.17.
	  	Computation of Interest	  	28
	 SECTION 2.18.
	  	Issuance of Additional Notes	  	28
			
	 	  	ARTICLE THREE	  	 
			
	 	  	REDEMPTION	  	 
			
	 SECTION 3.01.
	  	Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee	  	29
	 SECTION 3.02.
	  	Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed	  	29
	 SECTION 3.03.
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	30
	 SECTION 3.04.
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	30
	 SECTION 3.05.
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	30
	 SECTION 3.06.
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	31
			
	 	  	ARTICLE FOUR	  	 
			
	 	  	COVENANTS	  	 
			
	 SECTION 4.01.
	  	Payment of Notes	  	31
	 SECTION 4.02.
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	31

  

 -i- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 SECTION 4.03.
	  	Legal Existence	  	32
	 SECTION 4.04.
	  	Intentionally Omitted	  	32
	 SECTION 4.05.
	  	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws	  	32
	 SECTION 4.06.
	  	Compliance Certificate	  	32
	 SECTION 4.07.
	  	Taxes.	  	33
	 SECTION 4.08.
	  	Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control	  	33
	 SECTION 4.09.
	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	34
	 SECTION 4.10.
	  	Limitation on Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock	  	37
	 SECTION 4.11.
	  	Limitation on Sales of Assets	  	40
	 SECTION 4.12.
	  	Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	43
	 SECTION 4.13.
	  	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates	  	44
	 SECTION 4.14.
	  	Limitation on Designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	46
	 SECTION 4.15.
	  	Limitation on Liens	  	46
	 SECTION 4.16.
	  	Limitation on Line of Business	  	46
	 SECTION 4.17.
	  	Subsidiary Guarantees	  	47
	 SECTION 4.18.
	  	Provision of Financial Information	  	47
	 SECTION 4.19.
	  	Limitation on Layering	  	47
	 SECTION 4.20.
	  	Additional Interest Notice	  	48
	 SECTION 4.21.
	  	Calculation of Original Issue Discount	  	48
			
	 	  	ARTICLE FIVE	  	 
			
	 	  	SUCCESSOR CORPORATION	  	 
			
	 SECTION 5.01.
	  	Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets	  	48
	 SECTION 5.02.
	  	Successor Person Substituted	  	49
			
	 	  	ARTICLE SIX	  	 
			
	 	  	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	 
			
	 SECTION 6.01.
	  	Events of Default	  	50
	 SECTION 6.02.
	  	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission	  	51
	 SECTION 6.03.
	  	Other Remedies	  	52
	 SECTION 6.04.
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults and Events of Default	  	52
	 SECTION 6.05.
	  	Control by Majority	  	53
	 SECTION 6.06.
	  	Limitation on Suits	  	53
	 SECTION 6.07.
	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	53
	 SECTION 6.08.
	  	Rights of Holders To Receive Payment	  	53
	 SECTION 6.09.
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	53
	 SECTION 6.10.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	54
	 SECTION 6.11.
	  	Priorities	  	54
	 SECTION 6.12.
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	54

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	  	ARTICLE SEVEN	  	 
			
	 	  	TRUSTEE	  	 
			
	 SECTION 7.01.
	  	Duties of Trustee	  	55
	 SECTION 7.02.
	  	Rights of Trustee	  	56
	 SECTION 7.03.
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	57
	 SECTION 7.04.
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	57
	 SECTION 7.05.
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	57
	 SECTION 7.06.
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders	  	58
	 SECTION 7.07.
	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	58
	 SECTION 7.08.
	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	59
	 SECTION 7.09.
	  	Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc.	  	60
	 SECTION 7.10.
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	60
	 SECTION 7.11.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	60
	 SECTION 7.12.
	  	Paying Agents	  	60
			
	 	  	ARTICLE EIGHT	  	 
			
	 	  	AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS	  	 
			
	 SECTION 8.01.
	  	Without Consent of Noteholders	  	60
	 SECTION 8.02.
	  	With Consent of Noteholders	  	61
	 SECTION 8.03.
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	62
	 SECTION 8.04.
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	62
	 SECTION 8.05.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	63
	 SECTION 8.06.
	  	Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.	  	63
			
	 	  	ARTICLE NINE	  	 
			
	 	  	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	  	 
			
	 SECTION 9.01.
	  	Discharge of Indenture	  	63
	 SECTION 9.02.
	  	Legal Defeasance	  	64
	 SECTION 9.03.
	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	65
	 SECTION 9.04.
	  	Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	65
	 SECTION 9.05.
	  	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	66
	 SECTION 9.06.
	  	Reinstatement	  	67
	 SECTION 9.07.
	  	Moneys Held by Paying Agent	  	67
	 SECTION 9.08.
	  	Moneys Held by Trustee	  	67
			
	 	  	ARTICLE TEN	  	 
			
	 	  	SUBORDINATION	  	 
			
	 SECTION 10.01.
	  	Notes Subordinated to Senior Indebtedness	  	68
	 SECTION 10.02.
	  	No Payment on Notes in Certain Circumstances	  	68
	 SECTION 10.03.
	  	Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution	  	69
	 SECTION 10.04.
	  	Subrogation	  	70
	 SECTION 10.05.
	  	Obligations of Company Unconditional	  	70
	 SECTION 10.06.
	  	Notice to Trustee	  	71
	 SECTION 10.07.
	  	Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent	  	72
	 SECTION 10.08.
	  	Trustee’s Relation to Senior Indebtedness	  	72

  

 -iii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 SECTION 10.09.
	  	 Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Company or Holders of Senior Indebtedness
	  	72
	 SECTION 10.10.
	  	 Holders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Notes
	  	72
	 SECTION 10.11.
	  	 This Article Not to Prevent Events of Default
	  	73
	 SECTION 10.12.
	  	 Trustee’s Compensation and Rights to Indemnification Not Prejudiced
	  	73
	 SECTION 10.13.
	  	 No Waiver of Subordination Provisions
	  	73
	 SECTION 10.14.
	  	 Subordination Provisions Not Applicable to Money Held in Trust for Holders; Payments May Be Paid Prior to Dissolution
	  	73
	 SECTION 10.15.
	  	 Acceleration of Notes
	  	73
			
	 	  	ARTICLE ELEVEN	  	 
			
	 	  	GUARANTEE OF NOTES	  	 
			
	 SECTION 11.01.
	  	 Guarantee
	  	74
	 SECTION 11.02.
	  	 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee
	  	74
	 SECTION 11.03.
	  	 Subordination of Guarantee
	  	75
	 SECTION 11.04.
	  	 Limitation of Guarantee
	  	75
	 SECTION 11.05.
	  	 Additional Guarantors
	  	75
	 SECTION 11.06.
	  	 Release of Guarantors
	  	76
	 SECTION 11.07.
	  	 Waiver of Subrogation
	  	76
	 SECTION 11.08.
	  	 Notice to Trustee
	  	76
			
	 	  	ARTICLE TWELVE	  	 
			
	 	  	SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEE	  	 
			
	 SECTION 12.01.
	  	 Guarantee Obligations Subordinated to Guarantor Senior Indebtedness
	  	77
	 SECTION 12.02.
	  	 Payment Over Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc.
	  	77
	 SECTION 12.03.
	  	 Subrogation
	  	78
	 SECTION 12.04.
	  	 Obligations of Guarantors Unconditional
	  	78
	 SECTION 12.05.
	  	 Notice to Trustee
	  	79
	 SECTION 12.06.
	  	 Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent
	  	80
	 SECTION 12.07.
	  	 Trustee’s Relation to Guarantor Senior Indebtedness
	  	80
	 SECTION 12.08.
	  	 Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Guarantors or Holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness
	  	80
	 SECTION 12.09.
	  	 Holders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Guarantee
	  	80
	 SECTION 12.10.
	  	 This Article Not to Prevent Events of Default
	  	81
	 SECTION 12.11.
	  	 Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced
	  	81
	 SECTION 12.12.
	  	 No Waiver of Guarantee Subordination Provisions
	  	81
	 SECTION 12.13.
	  	 Payments May Be Paid Prior to Dissolution
	  	81
			
	 	  	ARTICLE THIRTEEN	  	 
			
	 	  	MISCELLANEOUS	  	 
			
	 SECTION 13.01.
	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	81
	 SECTION 13.02.
	  	 Notices
	  	82
	 SECTION 13.03.
	  	 Communications by Holders with Other Holders
	  	82
	 SECTION 13.04.
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	83

  

 -iv- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 SECTION 13.05.
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion
	  	83
	 SECTION 13.06.
	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	83
	 SECTION 13.07.
	  	 Business Days; Legal Holidays
	  	83
	 SECTION 13.08.
	  	 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	83
	 SECTION 13.09.
	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	84
	 SECTION 13.10.
	  	 Successors
	  	84
	 SECTION 13.11.
	  	 Multiple Counterparts
	  	84
	 SECTION 13.12.
	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	84
	 SECTION 13.13.
	  	 Separability
	  	84
	 SECTION 13.14.
	  	 Force Majeure
	  	84

  
 EXHIBITS 
  

					
	 Exhibit A.
	  	Form of Note	  	A-1
	 Exhibit B.
	  	Form of Legend for Rule 144A Notes and Other Notes That Are Restricted Notes	  	B-1
	 Exhibit C.
	  	Form of Legend for Regulation S Note	  	C-1
	 Exhibit D.
	  	Form of Legend for Global Note	  	D-1
	 Exhibit E.
	  	Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors	  	E-1
	 Exhibit F.
	  	Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S	  	F-1
	 Exhibit G.
	  	Form of Guarantee	  	G-1
	 Exhibit H.
	  	Form of Incumbency Certificate	  	H-1

  

 -v- 

 INDENTURE, dated as of June 11, 2004, among LANGUAGE LINE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), the Guarantors (as hereinafter defined) and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
  
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of
the Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE ONE 
  
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
  
 SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 
  
 “ABRY” means ABRY Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company. 
  
 “Acquired Indebtedness”
means Indebtedness of a Person (1) assumed in connection with an Acquisition from such Person or (2) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is consolidated with or merged into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that such Indebtedness was not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such transaction. 
  
 “Acquired Person” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person which merges with or into or becomes a Subsidiary of such
specified Person. 
  
 “Acquisition” means (1) any
capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash or other assets to others or payments for assets or services for the account or use of others, or otherwise) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any other Person, or any acquisition or
purchase of Capital Stock of any other Person by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be consolidated or amalgamated with or merged into the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary or (2) any acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person which constitute substantially all of an operating unit or line of business of such Person or which is otherwise outside of the
ordinary course of business. 
  
 “Additional
Interest” has the meaning given in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Additional Interest Notice” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.20. 
  
 “Additional Notes” means any notes issued by the Company in one or more series, from time to time, in compliance with Sections 2.18 and
4.10 and the restrictions contained in the Senior Credit Agreement. Any Additional Notes subsequently issued under this Indenture will be treated as a single class with the Initial Notes for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without
limitation, for purposes of waivers, amendments, redemptions, Change of Control Offers and Net Proceeds Offers. 
  
 “Affiliate” of any specified person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under
common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
  

 “Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.13. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, or agent for
service or notices and demands. 
  
 “Agent
Members” has the meaning set forth under Section 2.15. 
  
 “amend” means amend, modify, supplement, restate or amend and restate, including successively; and “amending” and “amended” have correlative meanings. 
  
 “asset” means any asset or property, whether real, personal
or other, tangible or intangible. 
  
 “Asset
Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, conveyance, transfer, lease (that has the effect of a disposition) or other disposition (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) to any Person other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of: 
  
 (1) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares); 
  
 (2) any assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
which constitute substantially all of an operating unit or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 
  
 (3) any other assets (including without limitation, intellectual property) or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of
the ordinary course of business (excluding the Capital Stock or other Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary that was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary). 
  
 For the purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include: 
  
 (A) any transaction consummated in compliance with Section
5.01 and the creation of any Lien not prohibited by Section 4.15; 
  
 (B) sales of property or equipment that, in the reasonable determination of the Company, has become worn out, obsolete or damaged or otherwise unsuitable for use in connection with the business of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (C) any Permitted
Investment or Restricted Payment not prohibited by Section 4.09; 
  
 (D) any transaction or series of related transactions involving assets with a Fair Market Value not in excess of $2.0 million; 
  

(E) sales or other dispositions of Cash Equivalents, inventory, receivables and other current assets in the ordinary course of
business; 
  
 (F) the sale of assets and
subsequent leaseback of such assets within 90 days of such sale to the extent such lease constitutes a Capital Lease Obligation; 
  
 (G) condemnations on or taking by eminent domain of property or assets; 
  
 (H) the licensing of intellectual property; and 
  

 -2- 

 (I) any transaction between the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or by any
Restricted Subsidiary with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy” or any other law relating to bankruptcy,
insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors, whether in effect on the date hereof or hereafter. 
  
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act. The terms
“Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Board of Directors” of any Person means the board of directors, managers, management committee or other body governing the management
and affairs of such Person. 
  
 “Board
Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
  
 “Business Day” means a day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York are
authorized or required by law to be closed. 
  
 “Capital
Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

  
 “Capital Stock” in any Person means any and
all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) corporate stock or other equity participations, including partnership interests, whether general or limited, in
such Person, including any Preferred Capital Stock and any right or interest which is classified as equity in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Cash Equity Contribution” means (1) the contribution to Holdings of approximately $205.0 million in cash directly or indirectly from
ABRY, its affiliates, investors and lenders in exchange for Capital Stock of Holdings and (2) the contribution by Holdings of the amount so received and the proceeds from the issuance by Holdings of the 14-1/8% Senior Discount Notes of Holdings due
2013 to the Company as common equity in exchange for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company. 
  
 “Cash Equivalents” means 
  
 (1) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States government or issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United
States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; 
  
 (2) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or by the District of Columbia maturing within one
year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; 
  

 -3- 

 (3) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof
and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; 
  
 (4) investments in time deposit accounts, term deposit accounts, money market deposit accounts, certificates of deposit or bankers’
acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by (a) any bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia having at the date of acquisition thereof
combined capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million, (b) any lender party to the Senior Credit Agreement or (c) Brown Brothers Harriman; 
  
 (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above
entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; and 
  
 (6) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in any of clauses
(1) through (5) above. 
  
 “Change of Control”
means the occurrence of any of the following events: 
  
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company
and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder; 
  
 (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 
  
 (3) the acquisition (including, without limitation, by way
of any merger or consolidation) by any “person” (as defined above), other than the Permitted Holders, of Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Holdings or the Company, measured by voting
power rather than number of shares; or 
  
 (4) if
the board of directors of the Company shall cease to consist of a majority of Continuing Directors. 
  
 “Change of Control Date” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.08. 
  
 “Change of Control Offer” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.08. 
  
 “Change of Control Purchase Date” has the meaning set forth
under Section 4.08. 
  
 “Change of Control Purchase
Price” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.08. 
  
 “Closing Date” means the date the initial closing of the Transactions is consummated in accordance with the Merger Agreement. 
  
 “Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces such party pursuant to
Article Five of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor. 
  

 -4- 

 “Company Request” means any written request signed in the name of the Company by the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer of the Company and attested to by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company. 

 
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, for any period,
Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus, without duplication and to the extent reflected in Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period, the sum of: 
  
 (1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net
loss realized by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with (a) an Asset Sale or (b) the disposition of any securities by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course of business or the
extinguishment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  
 (2) provision for franchise taxes and taxes based on income or profits of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  
 (3) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or
not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments
associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received
pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  
 (4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid
in a prior period), impairment charges and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that
was paid in a prior period) of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

  
 (5) any extraordinary or unusual expenses of
the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  
 (6) any non-capitalized transaction costs incurred in connection with actual or proposed financings,
acquisitions or transactions; minus 
  
 (7) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, and any reversal of a reserve to the extent increasing such Consolidated Net Income,

  
 in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP;
provided that the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles (effected either through cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application) shall be excluded. 
  

 -5- 

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means for any period, the sum, without duplication of:

  
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the
interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to sale-leaseback transactions, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’
acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations) but, for purposes of Section 4.09, excluding amortization and write-off of debt issuance costs; 
  
 (2) the consolidated interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized
during such period; 
  
 (3) any interest expense
on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon); and

  
 (4) the product of: 
  
 (a) all cash dividend payments on any series of Disqualified
Capital Stock of the Company or any Preferred Capital Stock of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent paid to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), times 
  
 (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the
denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of the Company expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of
determination, the ratio of (i) the aggregate outstanding amount of Indebtedness of each of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to the terms described
in the next paragraph) plus the greater of the aggregate liquidation preference or mandatory redemption obligation of all outstanding Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Capital Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors (except, in each case, Preferred Capital Stock issued to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) as of the day of determination to (ii) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for the latest four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are internally available ending on or prior to the date of determination (the “Measurement Period”). 
  
 For purposes of calculating Consolidated Cash Flow for the Measurement Period
immediately prior to the relevant date of determination any one or more of the following that are applicable: 
  
 (1) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of determination (or would become a Restricted Subsidiary on such date of
determination in connection with the matter that requires the determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such Measurement Period; 
  
 (2) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on such
date of determination (or would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary on such date of determination in connection with the 

  

 -6- 

 
matter that requires the determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such
Measurement Period; and 
  
 (3) if the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary shall have in any manner (x) acquired (including through an Acquisition or the commencement of activities constituting such operating business) or (y) disposed of (including by way of an Asset Sale or the termination or
discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business) any operating business during such Measurement Period or after the end of such period and on or prior to the relevant date of determination, such calculation will be made on a pro
forma basis as if, in the case of an Acquisition or the commencement of activities constituting such operating business, all such transactions had been consummated on the first day of such Measurement Period and, in the case of an Asset Sale or
termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business, all such transactions had been consummated prior to the first day of such Measurement Period (giving pro forma effect thereto in accordance with Regulation S-X
and, except to the extent relating to an Asset Sale of $20.0 million or more (whether in one or a series of related transactions), to such other non-recurring costs or expenses and cost reductions relating to the Acquisition, Asset Sale or
commencement or termination of activities as are reasonably and in good faith anticipated to occur within 12 months and within the control of the Company); provided, however, that such pro forma adjustment shall not give effect to the
positive cash flow of any Acquired Person to the extent that such Person’s net income would be excluded pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of the definition Consolidated Net Income. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means for any period, net income (or loss) of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 
  
 (1) the net income (but not net loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of
accounting shall not be included except to the extent paid in cash as a dividend or distribution to the Company or (subject to clause (2) below) a Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (2) the net income of any Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of
dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that net income is prohibited or not permitted at the date of determination; and 
  
 (3) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or
consolidated with any of the Company or its Subsidiaries shall be excluded. 
  
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of the date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; (2)
was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election; or (3) was nominated by Permitted Holders.

  
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of
the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office as of the date hereof is listed in Section 13.02. 
  
 “Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning set forth under Section 9.03 
  

 -7- 

 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice
or both would be, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Depository” means, with respect to the Notes issued in the form of one or more Global Notes, The Depository Trust Company or another Person designated as Depository by the Company, which Person must be a clearing agency
registered under the Exchange Act. 
  
 “Designated Senior
Indebtedness” means (1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Agreement and any Hedging Obligations under hedge agreements entered into with lenders or former lenders thereunder and (2) any other Senior Indebtedness which, at
the time of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding, together with any commitments to lend additional amounts, of at least $25.0 million, if the Company designates such Indebtedness as “Designated Senior Indebtedness”
in writing to the Trustee. 
  
 “Designation” has
the meaning set forth under Section 4.14. 
  
 “Designation
Amount” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Investment.” 
  
 “Disposition” means, with respect to any Person, any merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination involving such Person (whether or not such Person is the Surviving Person) or the
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person’s assets. 
  
 “Disqualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or
for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable, at the option of the holder thereof, in
whole or in part, or exchangeable into Indebtedness on or prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders
thereof the right to require the issuer to purchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the maturity date of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified
Capital Stock if (1) the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable in any material respect to the holders of such Capital Stock than the terms applicable to the Notes
and described under Sections 4.08 and 4.11 and (2) any such requirement only becomes operative after compliance with such terms applicable to the Notes, including the purchase of any Notes tendered in respect of a Change of Control Offer or a Net
Proceeds Offer. 
  
 “Equity Offering” means an
offering of (1) Qualified Capital Stock of the Company with gross cash proceeds to the Company of at least $30.0 million or (2) Qualified Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any of such company’s Subsidiaries (other
than the Company and its Subsidiaries) with cash proceeds thereof of at least $30.0 million contributed in the form of common equity to the Company. 
  
 “Event of Default” has the meaning set forth under Section 6.01. 
  
 “Excess” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.11. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder. 
  
 “Exchange Securities” has the meaning provided in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  

 -8- 

 “Existing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date and arising from the Transactions until such amounts are repaid. 
  
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset, the price (after taking into account any liabilities relating to such assets) which
could be negotiated in an arm’s-length free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of which is under any compulsion to complete the transaction; provided, however, that the
Fair Market Value of any such asset or assets shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith, and shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee. 
  
 “Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Ltd. or any successor thereto.

  
 “Future ABRY Subordinated Indebtedness” means
Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any of such company’s Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) in a principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding (a) that
is incurred after the Closing Date and to fund an Acquisition and that is owed, directly or indirectly, to ABRY or any other investment fund controlled by ABRY and the proceeds of which are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company,
(b) that shall provide that (i) no payments of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on or otherwise due in respect of such Indebtedness may be permitted for so long as any Default or Event of Default exists and (ii) no payments in respect of
interest, premium or other amounts (other than principal) shall be payable in securities or instruments of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, cash or other property and (c) that shall automatically convert into common equity of any
direct or indirect parent of the Company or any of such company’s Subsidiaries (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) within 18 months of the date of issuance thereof, unless refinanced. 
  
 “GAAP” means, at any date of determination, generally
accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States at the Issue Date. 
  
 “guarantee” means (1) as applied to any Indebtedness, a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any
manner, of any part or all of such Indebtedness and (2) for purposes of the definition of “Investment,” an agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or
performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such obligation, including, without limiting the foregoing, the payment of amounts drawn down by letters of credit and any agreement to maintain or preserve
any other Person’s financial condition or to cause any other Person to achieve certain levels of operating results. 
  
 “Guarantee” means the senior subordinated guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s payment obligations under this Indenture and
the Notes, executed pursuant to this Indenture. 
  
 “Guarantors” means each of: 
  
 (1) each of the domestic subsidiaries of the Company on the Issue Date; and 
  
 (2) any other Subsidiary that executes a Guarantee in accordance with Section 4.17 of this Indenture; 
  
 and their respective successors and assigns. 
  
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the
Obligations of such Person under (1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements, 

  

 -9- 

 
(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates and (3) foreign currency or commodity hedge,
swap, exchange or similar protection agreements (agreements referred to in this definition being referred to herein as “Hedging Agreements”). 
  
 “Holder” means the registered holder of any Note. 
  
 “Holdings” means Language Line Acquisition, Inc, which will be renamed Language Line Holdings, Inc. after
the Merger. 
  
 “Incur” means, with respect to
any Indebtedness or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (including by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation or the recording, as
required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Indebtedness or other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and “Incurrence,” “Incurred” and “Incurring” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing).
Indebtedness of any Acquired Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), whether or not such
Indebtedness was Incurred in connection with, as a result of, or in contemplation of, such Acquired Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or being merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), shall be
deemed Incurred at the time any such Acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges into or consolidates or amalgamates with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original
issue discount and, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether or not contingent:

  
 (1) every obligation of such Person for money
borrowed; 
  
 (2) every obligation of such Person
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 
  
 (3) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; 
  
 (4) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the
deferred purchase price of assets or services (but excluding (A) earn-out or other similar obligations until such time as the amount of such obligation is capable of being determined and its payment is probable, (B) trade accounts payable, or (C)
other accrued liabilities or expenses arising in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (5) every Capital Lease Obligation of such Person; 
  
 (6) every net obligation payable under Hedging Agreements of such Person; and 
  
 (7) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (1)
through (6) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the amount of such
obligation being the maximum amount covered by such guarantee or for which such Person is otherwise liable. 
  

 -10- 

 Indebtedness: 
  

(A) shall never be calculated taking into account any cash and Cash Equivalents held by such Person; 
  
 (B) shall not include obligations of any Person (1) arising
from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such obligations are extinguished within 5
Business Days of their Incurrence, (2) resulting from the endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and (3) under standby letters of credit to the extent collateralized by cash or Cash Equivalents;

  
 (C) shall not include any liability for
federal, provincial, state, local or other taxes; and 
  
 (D) shall not include obligations under performance bonds, performance guarantees, surety bonds and appeal bonds, letters of credit or similar obligations, incurred in the ordinary course of business. 
  
 In addition, for the purpose of avoiding duplication in calculating the
outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness for purposes of Section 4.10, Indebtedness arising solely by reason of the existence of a Lien permitted under Section 4.15 to secure other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.10 will
not be considered to be incremental Indebtedness. The amount of any Indebtedness shall be its accreted value, in the case of Indebtedness issued at a discount, and its stated principal amount for all other Indebtedness. 
  
 “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended, restated or
supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Independent Financial
Advisor” means a nationally recognized accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant in the United States that is, in the judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors, independently qualified to perform the task for
which it has been engaged. 
  
 “Initial Notes”
means the 11-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 issued by the Company pursuant to this Indenture on the Issue Date. 
  
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “interest” means, with respect to the Notes, the sum of any cash interest and any Additional Interest on the Notes. 
  
 “Interest Payment Date” means June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning December 15, 2004. 
  
 “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, any loan,
advance, guarantee (whether or not constituting Indebtedness) or other extension of credit (in each case other than in connection with an acquisition of property or assets that does not otherwise constitute an Investment) or capital contribution to,
or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any other Person. The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment, plus the cost of all
additions thereto, and minus the amount of any portion of 

  

 -11- 

 
such Investment repaid to such Person in cash as a repayment of principal or a return of capital, as the case may be, but without any other adjustments for
increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment. In determining the amount of any Investment involving a transfer of any property or asset other than cash, such property shall be valued at its
Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer. For purposes of Section 4.09 and Section 4.14, Investments shall be deemed to be made in an amount (the “Designation Amount”) equal to the greater of (1) the net book value of the
Company’s interest in the applicable Subsidiary calculated in accordance with GAAP or (2) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s interest in the applicable Subsidiary as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and
evidenced by a Board Resolution (or committee resolution), whose determination shall be conclusive. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such
that, after giving effect to such sale or disposition, the Company no longer owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding Voting Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of
such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary that after giving effect to such sale or disposition is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. 
  
 “Issue Date” means June 11, 2004. 
  
 “Legal Defeasance” has the meaning set forth under Section
9.02. 
  
 “Legal Holiday” has the meaning set
forth under Section 13.07. 
  
 “Lien” means any
lien, mortgage, charge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment for security or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or capital lease or other title retention agreement, and any agreement to give any security interest but
excluding any lease which does not secure Indebtedness). 
  
 “Maturity Date” means June 15, 2012. 
  
 “Measurement Period” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” above. 
  
 “Merger” means the merger of the Company with and into Language Line Holdings, Inc., pursuant to the Merger Agreement. 
  
 “Merger Agreement” means the merger agreement by and among
the Company, Holdings and Language Line Holdings, Inc. dated as of April 14, 2004. 
  
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto. 
  
 “Net Cash Proceeds” means the aggregate proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, including all cash or Cash Equivalents received upon any sale, liquidation or other exchange of proceeds of Asset Sales received in a form other than cash or Cash Equivalents, net of: 
  
 (1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including,
without limitation, reasonable legal, accounting and investment banking fees, brokerage fees and sales commissions) and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof; 
  
 (2) taxes paid or payable directly as a result thereof; 
  

 -12- 

 (3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on
the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale; 
  
 (4) amounts deemed, in good faith, appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Company to be provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such assets which are the subject
of such Asset Sale (provided that the amount of any such reserves shall be deemed to constitute Net Cash Proceeds at the time such reserves shall have been released or are not otherwise required to be retained as a reserve); and 

 
 (5) any portion of the purchase price from an Asset Sale
placed in escrow, whether as a reserve for adjustment of the purchase price, for satisfaction of indemnities in respect of such Asset Sale or otherwise in connection with that Asset Sale; provided, however, that upon the termination of
that escrow, Net Cash Proceeds will be increased by any portion of funds in the escrow that are released to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Net Proceeds Offer” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.11. 
  
 “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.11. 
  
 “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date” has the meaning set forth
under Section 4.11(e). 
  
 “Non-U.S. Person”
means a Person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S. 
  
 “Notes” means, collectively, the Initial Notes, the Exchange Securities and the Additional Notes, if any, treated as a single class of securities, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are
issued pursuant to this Indenture. 
  
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including, in the case of Senior Indebtedness, Post-Petition Interest), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Officer” means the Chairman, any Vice Chairman, the President, any Vice President or Assistant Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Assistant Secretary or the Secretary
of the Company. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate”
means a certificate signed by two Officers or by one Officer and any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of the Company and which complies with the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel that meets the requirements of Section
13.05 hereof; such counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company. 
  
 “Other Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02. 
  
 “Pari Passu Debt” means Indebtedness of the Company that constitutes neither Senior Indebtedness nor Subordinated Indebtedness.

  
 “Paying Agent” has the meaning set forth
under Section 2.04. 
  

 -13- 

 “Permitted Holders” means ABRY, its Affiliates or any Person acting in the capacity of
an underwriter with respect to a distribution of capital stock of Holdings or the Company for so long as acting in its capacity as an underwriter. 
  
 “Permitted Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.10. 
  
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
  
 (1) Investments: 
  

(a) by any Restricted Subsidiary in the Company; and 
  
 (b) by the Company or by any Restricted Subsidiary in any Restricted Subsidiary (including to create any
Restricted Subsidiary) and in any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof; 
  
 (2) Investments in Cash Equivalents; 
  
 (3) payroll, commission, travel and similar advances in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (4) travel and entertainment advances and relocation and
other loans (including guarantees of obligations to third parties in connection with relocation of employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) to officers and employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

 
 (5) other Investments by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries not exceeding in the aggregate outstanding at any time $5.0 million; 
  
 (6) loans to senior management of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.0 million
for purposes of their purchasing Capital Stock of the Company; 
  
 (7) Hedging Obligations; 
  
 (8) the Transactions; 
  
 (9) Investments for consideration to the extent consisting of Qualified Capital Stock; and 
  
 (10) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration in an Asset Sale. 
  
 “Permitted Junior Securities” means any securities of the
Company or any other Person that are: 
  
 (1)
equity securities without special covenants; or 
  
 (2) subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness that may at the time be outstanding, to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes are subordinated as provided in this Indenture, and as to which
(a) such securities shall not be entitled to the benefits of covenants or defaults materially more beneficial to the holders of such securities 

  

 -14- 

 
than those in effect with respect to the Notes on the date of this Indenture and (b) such securities shall not provide for amortization (including sinking
fund and mandatory prepayment provisions) commencing prior to the date six months following the final scheduled maturity date of the Senior Indebtedness (as modified by the plan of reorganization or readjustment pursuant to which such securities are
issued). 
  
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

 
 (1) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time
such Person is merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not attach to any
property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets subject to the Liens prior to such merger or consolidation and the proceeds thereof; 
  
 (2) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition; 
  
 (3) Liens securing the Senior Credit Agreement and other Senior Indebtedness; 
  
 (4) Liens to secure Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capital
Lease Obligations; 
  
 (5) Liens existing on the
Closing Date arising as a result of the Transactions; 
  
 (6) Liens incurred under this Indenture; 
  
 (7) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (8) Liens securing Hedging Obligations; 
  
 (9) Liens to secure any refinancings, renewals, extensions, modifications or replacements (collectively, “refinancing”) (or successive refinancings), in whole or in part, of any Indebtedness secured
by Liens referred to in clauses (1) through (8) above so long as such Lien does not extend to any other property (other than improvements thereto); 
  
 (10) Liens securing performance bonds, performance guarantees, surety bonds and appeal bonds, letters of credit or similar obligations
entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past business practice; 
  
 (11) Liens on and pledges of the Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary securing any Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

  
 (12) Liens securing reimbursement obligations
with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; and 
  

(13) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that
do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding. 
  

 -15- 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, limited liability company, limited liability limited partnership, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. 
  
 “Physical Notes” means certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in
Exhibit A. 
  
 “Post-Petition Interest”
means, with respect to any Indebtedness of any Person, all interest accrued or accruing on such Indebtedness after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding against such Person in accordance with and at the contract rate
(including, without limitation, any rate applicable upon default) specified in the agreement or instrument creating, evidencing or governing such Indebtedness, whether or not, pursuant to applicable law or otherwise, the claim for such interest is
allowed as a claim in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. 
  
 “Preferred Capital Stock,” in any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over Capital Stock of any other class in such Person. 
  
 “principal” of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to
become due at the relevant time. 
  
 “Private Placement
Legend” means the legend initially set forth on the Rule 144A Notes and Other Notes that are Restricted Notes in the form set forth in Exhibit B. 
  
 “Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred for
the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or the cost of construction or improvement of any property or assets (including through the purchase of Capital Stock of a Person owning such assets); provided, however,
that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such property or such purchase price or cost, including any refinancing of such Indebtedness that does not increase the aggregate
principal amount (or accreted amount, if less) thereof as of the date of refinancing. 
  
 “Qualified Capital Stock” in any Person means any Capital Stock in such Person other than any Disqualified Capital Stock. 
  
 “Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A
promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Redemption
Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to the terms of the Notes. 
  
 “Registrar” has the meaning set forth under Section 2.04. 
  
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement to be dated as of the Issue Date.

  
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated
under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S
Notes” has the meaning set forth under Section 2.02. 
  

 -16- 

 “Related Business” means (1) those businesses in which the Company or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries are anticipated as of the Issue Date to be engaged in on the Closing Date, or that are reasonably related, ancillary, incidental or complementary thereto, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, and (2) any
business which forms a part of a business (the “Acquired Business”) which is acquired by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries if the primary intent of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary was to acquire that
portion of the Acquired Business which meets the requirements of clause (1) of this definition. 
  
 “Restricted Note” has the same meaning as “Restricted Security” set forth in Rule 144(a)(3) promulgated under the Securities
Act; provided, that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Note. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than (i) a Subsidiary of the Company that
is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date and (ii) any Subsidiary of the Company that has been designated by the Board of Directors of the Company subsequent to the Issue Date, by a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee, as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.14. Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary may be revoked by a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 4.14. 

 
 “Revocation” has the meaning set forth under Section
4.14. 
  
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated
under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means
Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule
144A Notes” has the meaning set forth under Section 2.02. 
  
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto. 
  
 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Subsidiary leases it from such Person. 
  
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations
promulgated by the SEC thereunder. 
  
 “Senior Credit
Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Company, as borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto from time to time, Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Book Runner, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation as Administrative Agent, Banc of America Securities LLC as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Book Runner and Bank of America N.A., as
Syndication Agent, including any deferrals, renewals, extensions, replacements, refinancings or refundings thereof, or amendments, modifications or supplements thereto and any agreement providing thereof (including any restatements thereof and any
increases in the amount of commitments thereunder), whether in one or more separate agreements and whether by or with the same or any other lender, creditor, or any one or more groups of lenders or group of creditors (whether or not including any or
all of the financial institutions party to the aforementioned credit agreements), and including related 

  

 -17- 

 
notes, guarantee and note agreements and other instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith. 
  
 “Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Company or
any Guarantor, at any date, 
  
 (1) all
Obligations of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, under the Senior Credit Agreement; 
  
 (2) all Hedging Obligations of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable; and 
  
 (3) Obligations of the Company or such Guarantor, as
applicable, in connection with all other Indebtedness of the Company unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, is Incurred expressly provides that such Indebtedness is not senior or superior
in right of payment to the Notes, and all renewals, extensions, modifications, amendments or refinancings thereof. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Senior Indebtedness shall not include (a) to the extent that it may constitute Indebtedness, any obligation for federal,
state, local or other taxes; (b) any Indebtedness among or between the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company, unless and for so long as such Indebtedness has been pledged to secure Obligations to a third party; (c) to the extent that it may
constitute Indebtedness, any Obligation in respect of any trade payable Incurred for the purchase of goods or materials, or for services obtained, in the ordinary course of business; (d) Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes; (e) Indebtedness of the
Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, that is expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable; (f) to the extent that it may constitute Indebtedness, any Obligation
owing under leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations) or management agreements; and (g) any obligation that by operation of law is subordinate to any general unsecured obligations of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable. 
  
 “Significant Subsidiary” means (1) any Restricted Subsidiary
that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that, when aggregated with all other
Restricted Subsidiaries that are not otherwise Significant Subsidiaries and as to which any event described in Section 6.01(8) or (9) has occurred and is continuing, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under clause (1) of this definition.

  
 “Stated Maturity,” when used with respect to
any Note or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal of such Note or such installment of interest is due and payable. 
  
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness (other
than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Company or a Guarantor that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor. 
  
 “Subsidiary” with respect to any Person means (1) any corporation, limited liability company, association
or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of all outstanding Voting Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors thereof is at the time owned
or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof) and (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or
a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries 

  

 -18- 

 
of such Person (or any combination thereof). Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company. 
  
 “Surviving Person” means, with respect to any Person
involved in or that makes any Disposition, the Person formed by or surviving such Disposition or the Person to which such Disposition is made. 
  
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture (except
as provided in Section 8.03 hereof). 
  
 “Total
Assets” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date, the combined consolidated total assets of such Person, as determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Transactions” means acquisition of the Capital Stock of the Company by Holdings pursuant to the Merger
Agreement, the Cash Equity Contribution, the issuance and sale of the Notes, the execution and delivery of the Senior Credit Agreement and documents related thereto and the initial extension of credit thereunder, the other transactions contemplated
by the Merger Agreement entered into and consummated in connection with the Merger and the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing. 
  
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means
the successor. 
  
 “U.S. Government Obligations”
means direct non-callable obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged. 
  
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company designated as such pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.14, in each
case until such time as any such designation may be revoked by a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 4.14. 
  
 “Unutilized Net Cash Proceeds” has the meaning set forth Section 4.11. 
  
 “Voting Stock” means Capital Stock in a corporation or other Person with voting power under ordinary
circumstances entitling the holders thereof to elect the Board of Directors or other comparable governing body of such corporation or Person. 
  
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness (including Disqualified Capital Stock) at any date, the
number of years obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (A) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required scheduled payment of principal or dividends including payment
at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (B) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by (2) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness
(including Disqualified Capital Stock). 
  
 SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by
Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Whenever this Indenture
refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms
used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes. 
  

 -19- 

 “indenture securityholder” means a Holder or Noteholder. 
  
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 
  
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the
Trustee. 
  
 “obligor on the indenture securities” means
the Company, the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes. 
  
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings therein assigned to them. 
  
 SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction. 
  
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether
defined expressly or by reference; 
  
 (2)
“or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (3) words in
the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 
  
 (4) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders; 
  
 (5) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
Article, Section or other subsection; 
  
 (6)
unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with
GAAP as in effect from time to time, applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the Company; 
  
 (7) “$,” “dollars,” “U.S. Dollars” and “United States Dollars” each refer to United States
dollars, or such other money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; and 
  
 (8) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect
to any Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof. 
  

 -20- 

 ARTICLE TWO 
  
 THE NOTES 
  
 SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes. 
  
 The Trustee shall initially authenticate Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $165,000,000 upon a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Company
(other than as provided in Section 2.08). The Trustee shall authenticate Additional Notes thereafter in unlimited amount (so long as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Sections 2.18 and 4.10 and the restrictions
contained in the Senior Credit Agreement) for original issue upon a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in aggregate principal amount as specified in such order (other than as provided in Section 2.08). Each
such written order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated. 
  
 SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating. 
  
 The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A,
which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule or usage to which the Company is subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Notes offered and
sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit B, Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance
on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit C, and Notes offered and sold to Institutional Accredited Investors in transactions exempt from registration
under the Securities Act not made in reliance on Rule 144A or Regulation S (“Other Notes”) may be represented by a Restricted Global Note or, if such an investor may not hold an interest in the Restricted Global Note, a Physical
Note, in each case, bearing the Private Placement Legend. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 
  
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the
Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby. 
  
 The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar. 
  
 SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. 
  
 One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile
signature. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an
Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of
authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall 

  

 -21- 

 
be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note
shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.11, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall
be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the
appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as
an Agent to deal with the Company and Affiliates of the Company. Each Paying Agent is designated as an authenticating agent for purposes of this Indenture. 
  
 The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. 
  
 SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
  
 The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented
for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”) and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the
Company, if any, in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more additional Paying Agents. The term “Paying
Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA, with any Agent that is not a party to
this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent,
or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.07. 
  
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes and this
Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.

  
 Each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the
Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or the Guarantors), and the
Company and the Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. Money held in trust by the Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law and in no
event shall the Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it hereunder. The Company at any time may require the Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed and the Trustee may at
any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to the Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds
disbursed. Upon making such payment, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
  

 -22- 

 SECTION 2.06. Noteholder Lists. 
  
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the
names and addresses of the Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least 5 Business Days before each Interest Payment Date, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list
in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Noteholders. 
  
 SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. 
  
 Subject to Sections 2.15 and 2.16, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request from the Holder of such Notes to register a transfer or to
exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested. Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or be
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorneys duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company
shall issue and execute and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes (and the Guarantors shall execute the guarantee thereon) evidencing such transfer or exchange at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made to the Noteholder for
any registration of transfer or exchange. The Company may require from the Noteholder payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer taxes or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or exchange, but this provision
shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to Section 3.06, 4.08, 4.11 or 8.05 (in which events the Company shall be responsible for the payment of such taxes). The Registrar shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note for a
period of 15 days immediately preceding the mailing of notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or of any Note selected, called or being called for redemption except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  
 Any Holder of the Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree
that transfers of the beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Global Note shall be
required to be reflected in a book entry. 
  
 Each Holder of a
Note agrees to indemnify the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture or applicable U.S. federal or state
securities law. 
  
 Except as expressly provided herein, neither
the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any duty to monitor the Company’s compliance with or have any responsibility with respect to the Company’s compliance with any federal or state securities laws. 
  
 SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes. 
  
 If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the
Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note (and the Guarantors shall execute the guarantee thereon) if the Holder of such Note
furnishes to the Company and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the
date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of both to protect the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them
may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Company may charge such Holder for the Company’s reasonable 

  

 -23- 

 
out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note and the Trustee may charge the Company for the Trustee’s expenses (including, without limitation,
attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Company. 
  
 SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes. 
  
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for (a) those canceled by it, (b) those delivered to it
for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02, on or after the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 9.01 or 9.02 have been satisfied, those Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder
and (d) those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates holds the Note. 
  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding
unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company. 
  
 If the Paying Agent holds, in its capacity as such, on any Maturity Date,
money sufficient to pay all accrued interest and principal with respect to the Notes payable on that date and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders thereof pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such
Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
  
 SECTION
2.10. Treasury Notes. 
  
 In determining whether the
Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any declaration of acceleration or notice of default or direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, Notes owned by the Company or
any other Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded as though they were not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in conclusively relying on any such direction, waiver or consent or any
amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, only Notes as to which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actually received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned
which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee established to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company, a Guarantor, any other
obligor on the Notes or any of their respective Affiliates. 
  
 SECTION 2.11.
Cancellation. 
  
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes
to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of
transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall (subject to the record-retention requirements of the Exchange Act) dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner. The Company may not reissue or resell, or issue new Notes
to replace, Notes that the Company has redeemed or paid, or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  
 SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest. 
  
 If the Company defaults on a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent permitted by law) any interest
payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof, to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date, which date 

  

 -24- 

 
shall be at least 5 Business Days prior to the payment date. The Company shall fix such special record date and payment date in a manner satisfactory to the
Trustee. At least 10 days before such special record date, the Company shall mail to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on defaulted interest, if
any, to be paid. The Company may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be
required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Number. 
  
 The Company in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number, and if
so, such CUSIP number shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in
the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any such CUSIP number used by the Company in connection with the
issuance of the Notes and of any change in the CUSIP number. 
  
 SECTION 2.14.
Deposit of Moneys. 
  
 Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City
time, on each Interest Payment Date and Maturity Date, the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the
case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Trustee to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depository or its
nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person or by mail, at the office of the Paying Agent.

  
 SECTION 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. 
  
 (a) Rule 144A Notes and Other Notes shall be represented by one or more notes
in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Restricted Global Note”). Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons
(collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note,” and, together with the Restricted Global Note and any other global notes representing Notes, the “Global Notes”). The Global Notes shall bear legends as set forth in
Exhibit D. The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member (or, in the case of the Regulation S Global Notes, of
Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream and (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Exhibit B with respect to Restricted Global Notes and Exhibit
C with respect to Regulation S Global Notes. 
  
 Members of,
or direct or indirect participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the
Global Notes, and the Depository may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent
the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and 

  

 -25- 

 
its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. 
  
 (b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not
in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depository and the
provisions of Section 2.16. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes if (i) the Depository (x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note and the Company thereupon
fails to appoint a successor depository or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of such Physical Notes or
(iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in
any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depository (in accordance with its customary procedures). 
  
 (c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b),
the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the
Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon receipt of a written order from the Company authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount. 
  
 (d) In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to
beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by
the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations. 
  
 (e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to
paragraph (b), (c) or (d) shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraphs (a)(i)(x) and (c) of Section 2.16, bear the Private Placement Legend or, in the case of the Regulation S Global Note, the legend set forth in Exhibit C, in each case,
unless the Company determines otherwise in compliance with applicable law. 
  
 (f) On or prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes represented by the Regulation S Global Note and the issue date of such Notes (such period through and including such
40th day, the “Restricted Period”), a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the corresponding Restricted Global Note only upon receipt by
the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made (i)(a) to a Person that the transferor reasonably believes is a Qualified Institutional Buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule
144A or (b) pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act which is accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel regarding the availability of such exemption and (ii) in accordance with all applicable securities
laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction. 
  
 (g) Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, only if
the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 

  

 -26- 

 
144 (if available) and that, if such transfer occurs prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the interest transferred will be held immediately
thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
  
 (h) Any
beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note shall, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in such
other Global Note and, accordingly, shall thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. 
  
 (i) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize
any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 2.16. Special Transfer Provisions. 
  

(a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors and Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the
registration of any proposed transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB or to any Non-U.S. Person: 
  
 (i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note constituting a Restricted Note, whether or not
such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after November 24, 2005, or such other date as such Note shall be freely transferable under Rule 144 as certified in an Officers’ Certificate or (y) (1) in the case
of a transfer to an Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons), the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto or (2) in the case of a
transfer to a Non-U.S. Person (including a QIB), the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto; provided that in the case of any transfer of a Note bearing the
Private Placement Legend for a Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar has received an Officers’ Certificate authorizing such transfer; and 
  
 (ii) if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon
receipt by the Registrar of (x) the certificate, if any, required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, 
  
 whereupon (a) the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the
transfer does not involve a transfer of outstanding Physical Notes) a decrease in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to be transferred, and (b) the Registrar
shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note transferred or the Company shall execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount. 
  
 (b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration or any proposed registration of transfer of a Note
constituting a Restricted Note to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons): 
  
 (i) the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for
on such Holder’s Note stating, or has otherwise 

  

 -27- 

 
advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed
the certification provided for on such Holder’s Note stating, has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment
discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has
requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and

  
 (ii) if the proposed transferee is an Agent
Member, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the
Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee
shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred. 
  
 (c) Private
Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer,
exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) it has received the Officers’ Certificate required by paragraph (a)(i)(y) of this
Section 2.16, (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain
compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (iii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the Registrar has received an Officers’ Certificate from the Company to such
effect. 
  
 (d) General. By its acceptance of any Note
bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this
Indenture. 
  
 The Registrar shall retain for a period of two
years copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.15 or this Section 2.16. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at
any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable notice to the Registrar. 
  
 SECTION 2.17. Computation of Interest. 
  
 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 SECTION 2.18. Issuance of Additional Notes. 
  
 The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price (including amount of
interest deemed to have accrued since the last Interest Payment Date), and amount of interest payable or upon a registration default as provided under a registration rights agreement related 

  

 -28- 

 
thereto; provided that such issuance shall be made in compliance with Section 4.10. The Company will use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the
Exchange Securities and any exchange securities issued in exchange for any Additional Notes issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act have the same CUSIP numbers. 
  
 With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a
resolution of its Board of Directors (or a duly appointed committee thereof) and in an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information: 
  
 (1) the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding
immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes; 
  
 (2) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 
  
 (3) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes (including amount of interest deemed to have accrued since the last
Interest Payment Date); and 
  
 (4) whether such
Additional Notes shall be transfer restricted securities bearing a legend in the form of Exhibit B or Exhibit C hereto or shall be registered securities and bear no such legend. 
  
 ARTICLE THREE 
  
 REDEMPTION 
  
 SECTION 3.01. Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee. 
  
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, at least 30 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall
be agreed to in writing by the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the redemption price, and deliver
to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained in paragraph 5 of the Notes. Notice given to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.01 may not be revoked after the time that notice
is given to Noteholders pursuant to Section 3.03. 
  
 SECTION 3.02. Selection
by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed. 
  
 In the event that less
than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to a redemption, selection of such Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not then listed on a national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided, however, that no Notes of a principal
amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part; provided, further, that if a partial redemption is made with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering, selection of the Notes or portions thereof for redemption shall be made by the
Trustee on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to the procedures of The Depository Trust Company) or by lot, unless such method is otherwise prohibited. For all purposes of this Indenture unless the context
otherwise requires, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 
  

 -29- 

 SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 
  
 At least 30 days, and no more than 60 days, before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail, or cause to be mailed, a
notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her last address as the same appears on the registry books maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof. 
  
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP
numbers thereof) and shall state: 
  
 (1) the
Redemption Date; 
  
 (2) the redemption price and
the amount of premium and accrued interest to be paid; 
  
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
portion will be issued; 
  
 (4) the name and
address of the Paying Agent; 
  
 (5) that Notes
called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
  
 (6) that unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and
after the Redemption Date; 
  
 (7) the provision
of paragraph 5 of the Notes, pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
  
 (8) the aggregate principal amount of Notes that are being redeemed. 
  
 At the Company’s written request made at least 5 Business Days prior to the date on which notice is to be given, the
Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s sole expense. 
  
 SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to
the Redemption Date. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date, provided that if the Redemption Date is after a regular record
date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date, and provided, further, that if a Redemption Date is a Legal Holiday,
payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the period from such Redemption Date to such succeeding Business Day. 
  

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 
  
 On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds
money sufficient to pay the redemption 

  

 -30- 

 
price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions thereof called for redemption
on that date which have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  
 On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with
the preceding paragraph, the Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the first proviso in Section 3.04, accrued
and unpaid interest on such Notes to the Redemption Date. If any Note surrendered for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any
interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate and in the manner provided in the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 
  
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder thereof a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
  
 ARTICLE FOUR 
  
 COVENANTS 
  
 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. 
  
 The Company shall duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest (including all Additional Interest as provided in the Registration Rights
Agreement) on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds on that date money
designated for and sufficient to pay such installment. 
  
 The
Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (including post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate specified in the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
  
 The Company shall maintain in the United States, an office or agency (which
may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture
may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail
to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
  
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or
surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner 

  

 -31- 

 
relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the United States for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
  
 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04.

  
 SECTION 4.03. Legal Existence. 
  
 Subject to Article Five hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its legal existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be
amended from time to time) of each Restricted Subsidiary and the material rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any
such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of
the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 
  

SECTION 4.04. Intentionally Omitted. 
  
 SECTION 4.05. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. 
  
 Each of the Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead
(as a defense or otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive any of the Company and the Guarantors from paying all or any
portion of the principal of, premium, if any, and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent
that they may lawfully do so) each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee,
but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
  
 SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate. 
  
 The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal
year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company and the Guarantors have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each
such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Company and the Guarantors have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and are not in default in the
performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action they are taking or propose to take with respect
thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a
description of the event and what action the Company and the Guarantors are taking or propose to take with respect thereto. 
  

 -32- 

 The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the Company becomes aware of the occurrence
of a Default, an Officers’ Certificate detailing any Default of which it is aware, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect to such Default. 
  
 The Company’s fiscal year currently ends on December 31. The Company will provide written notice to the Trustee of any
change in its fiscal year. 
  
 SECTION 4.07. Taxes. 
  
 The Company and the Guarantors shall, and shall cause each of their
respective Subsidiaries to, pay prior to delinquency all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except as contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings. 
  
 SECTION 4.08. Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control 
  
 In the event of the occurrence of a Change of Control (the date of such
occurrence being the “Change of Control Date”), the Company shall, within 30 days after the occurrence of such Change of Control, make an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) to all Holders to purchase all
outstanding Notes properly tendered pursuant to such offer, and within 60 days after the occurrence of the Change of Control, all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such offer shall be accepted for purchase (the date of such purchase, the
“Change of Control Purchase Date”) for a cash price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof as of the Change of Control Purchase Date, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

  
 In order to effect the Change of Control Offer, the Company
shall mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: 
  
 (1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) in
cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase; 
  
 (2) the repurchase date, which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;

  
 (3) that, unless the Company defaults in the
payment of the purchase price, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date; and 
  
 (4) the procedures determined by the Company, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in
order to have its Notes purchased. 
  
 The Company will not be
required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in a manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by
the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
  
 If the Company makes a Change of Control Offer, the Company will comply with all applicable tender offer laws and regulations, including, to the extent
applicable, Section 14(e) and Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable federal or state securities laws and regulations and any applicable requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, and any violation

  

 -33- 

 
of the provisions of this Indenture relating to such Change of Control Offer occurring as a result of such compliance shall not be deemed an Event of Default
or an event that, with the passing of time or giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default. 
  
 SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 
  
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly: 
  
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or any other distribution on any Capital Stock of the Company make any payment or distribution to the
direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Capital Stock of the Company (other than any dividends, distributions and payments made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and dividends or distributions payable to any Person
solely in the form of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company); 
  
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company (other than any such Capital Stock owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); 
  
 (3) make any principal payment on, purchase, repurchase,
redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, or make any principal payment on, prior to any scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than any Subordinated
Indebtedness held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); or 
  
 (4) make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person 
  
 (any such payment or any other action (other than any exception thereto) described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above, a “Restricted Payment”), unless at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
makes such Restricted Payment: 
  
 (A) no Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment; 
  
 (B) immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company would be less than or equal
to 5.0 to 1.0; and 
  
 (C) immediately after
giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments declared or made on or after the Closing Date does not exceed an amount equal to the sum of, without duplication: 
  
 (i) 100% of the cumulative Consolidated Cash Flow of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined for the period (taken as one period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter immediately
preceding the date of such Restricted Payment for which consolidated financial information of the Company is internally available (or, if such cumulative Consolidated Cash Flow shall be negative, minus 100% of such cumulative Consolidated Cash Flow)
less 175% of cumulative Consolidated Interest Expense for the same period, provided that, in calculating cumulative Consolidated Cash Flow as of any date for purposes of this subclause (C)(i), the amount of Consolidated Cash Flow for
any quarter included therein shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the actual amount thereof and (y) $23.75 million (provided that, to the extent any amount 

  

 -34- 

 
of Consolidated Cash Flow for any quarter has been disallowed during a fiscal year of the Company by reason of the limitation in the preceding subclause (y),
such amount may be added back to the extent and only to the extent of the lesser of (i) the amount by which the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for such fiscal year previously included in this calculation is less than or equal to $95.0 million
and (ii) the aggregate disallowed amount for such fiscal year under the preceding subclause (y)), plus 
  
 (ii) the aggregate net proceeds (including the Fair Market Value of property other than cash) received after the Closing Date by the
Company (other than the Cash Equity Contribution) either (x) as capital contributions to the Company or (y) from the issue and sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Qualified Capital Stock (except, in each case, to the extent set forth
in clauses (2), (3), (4), (10) and (11) of Section 4.09(b)), plus 
  
 (iii) the principal amount (or accreted amount, determined in accordance with GAAP, if less) of any Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Capital Stock of
any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, in each case Incurred after the Issue Date to the extent it has been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, plus 
  
 (iv) to the extent not included in cumulative Consolidated
Cash Flow for purposes of clause (C)(i) above (without limitation by reason of the proviso thereto), in the case of the disposition or repayment of any Investment (whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other
distributions) or the release of a guarantee constituting a Restricted Payment made after the Issue Date, an amount equal to the return of capital with respect to such Investment (including the Fair Market Value of property other than cash), less
the cost of the disposition of such Investment and net of taxes, and, in the case of guarantees, less any amounts paid under such guarantee, plus 
  
 (v) with respect to any Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date in accordance
with Section 4.14, the Fair Market Value of the Company’s interest in such Subsidiary, plus 
  
 (vi) $10.0 million. 
  
 (b) The foregoing provisions will not prevent: 
  
 (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution on, or redemption of, Capital Stock within 60 days after the date of declaration of such
dividend or distribution or the giving of formal notice of such redemption, if at the date of such declaration or giving of such formal notice such payment or redemption would comply with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (2) the purchase, redemption, retirement or other
acquisition of any Capital Stock of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent issue and sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, other Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified
Capital Stock in the case of any such purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of Qualified Capital Stock); provided, however, that any such net proceeds and the value of any Qualified Capital Stock issued in exchange for
any such Capital Stock are excluded from Section 4.09(a)(C) above (and were not included therein at any time); 
  

 -35- 

 (3) the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of Subordinated
Indebtedness, or any other payment thereon, made in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of, a substantially concurrent issue and sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of: 
  
 (A) Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; provided,
however, that any such net cash proceeds and the value of any such Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from Section 4.09(a)(C) above (and were not included therein at any time) or 
  
 (B) Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or other
Subordinated Indebtedness, in each case having no stated maturity or mandatory redemption for the payment of any portion of principal or liquidation preference thereof prior to the final stated maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being
purchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise acquired and having a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being purchased, redeemed, retired, defeased
or otherwise acquired; 
  
 (4) the repurchase of
shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (or distributions to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to enable it to repurchase its Capital Stock) owned by former, present or future employees,
directors or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries or their assigns, estates and heirs; provided that the aggregate amount expended pursuant to this clause (4) shall not in the aggregate exceed $2.0 million in any fiscal year (with
unused amounts being available to be utilized in succeeding fiscal years), plus any amounts contributed to the Company as a result of sales of any such shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company to such
persons (provided that any such amounts so contributed shall not be included in clause (C) of paragraph (a) above to the extent available under this clause (4)) and the amount of any “key man” insurance proceeds received by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company in connection with any such repurchase shall not be deemed a Restricted Payment; 
  
 (5) payments required pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement to consummate the Transactions or
otherwise in connection with the Transactions; 
  
 (6) the payment of the dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or Preferred Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, the incurrence of which was permitted by this Indenture; 
  
 (7) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the
exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities; 
  
 (8) distributions to the extent (x) the Company is treated as a pass-through or disregarded entity for tax purposes (such as a
partnership, limited liability company or S-corporation) to the extent necessary to permit it or the direct or indirect holders of its Capital Stock to pay any federal, state or local taxes owing by it or them in respect of income of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) the Company is not such a pass-through or disregarded entity but is a member of a consolidated group of corporations that includes a holding company above it to the extent necessary to pay taxes of the consolidated
group; provided that nothing in this clause (8) will be deemed to permit any such distribution (1) in excess of amounts that a consolidated group that includes the Company as the “parent” and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries would
be required to pay on a stand-alone basis as a consolidated group of corporations (less amounts directly paid by them) and (2) to pay any tax liabilities of direct or indirect investors in the Company 

  

 -36- 

 
or any direct or indirect parent of the Company resulting from the conversion of the Company from a limited liability company to corporate form; 

 
 (9) the payment of dividends or other distributions to
any direct or indirect parent of the Company or such company’s Subsidiaries for the purpose of paying the corporate overhead and other expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Company or such company’s Subsidiaries to the extent
such expenses are related to, or incidental to the ownership of Capital Stock of, or the guarantee of Indebtedness of, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (10) repayment of, or payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Company and such company’s
Subsidiaries to permit repayment of, principal and interest of Future ABRY Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the terms thereof at the time of its issuance; provided, however, any net proceeds received from such Future ABRY Subordinated
Indebtedness are excluded from clause (C) of paragraph (a) above for so long as such Future ABRY Subordinated Indebtedness is outstanding; and 
  
 (11) Restricted Payments not to exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate since the Issue Date; 
  
 provided, however, that in the case of each of clauses (2) and (3) no Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would arise therefrom. 
  
 In determining the amount of Restricted Payments permissible under Section 4.09(a)(C), amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1) (without duplication) and (9) of Section 4.09(b) shall be included as Restricted Payments
and amounts expended pursuant to clauses (2) through (8) and (10) and (11) of Section 4.09(b) shall be excluded. The amount of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be deemed to be equal to the Fair Market Value thereof at the date of the making of
such Restricted Payment. 
  
 SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Indebtedness and
Issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock. 
  
 (a) The Company
shall not and shall not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including any Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any Disqualified Capital Stock and no Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor
may issue any Preferred Capital Stock, except in each case for Permitted Indebtedness, unless, in any such case, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock or
Preferred Capital Stock and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company would be less than or equal to (i) 5.5 to 1.0 if such Indebtedness is Incurred on or before December 31, 2004 or (ii) 5.0 to 1.0 if
such Indebtedness is Incurred thereafter. 
  
 (b) The limitations
set forth in Section 4.10(a) will not apply to the Incurrence or issuance of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Indebtedness”), each of which shall be given independent effect: 
  
 (1) Indebtedness under the Notes issued on the Issue Date
(or any Notes exchanged therefor), the Guarantees and this Indenture with respect to obligations resulting from the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the Guarantees (or any Notes exchanged therefor); 
  
 (2) Existing Indebtedness; 
  

 -37- 

 (3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the Senior
Credit Agreement; provided that (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any revolving credit component thereof incurred under this clause (3) shall not exceed $40.0 million and (b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any
term component thereof incurred under this clause (3) shall not exceed $285.0 million less in the case of this subclause (b), without duplication, the sum of (i) the cumulative amount of the originally scheduled amortization of the term loan
facility under the Senior Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Issue Date) through the earlier of the date of determination or December 31, 2006, inclusive (whether or not paid), plus (ii) the cumulative amount of mandatory redemptions required to
be made out of “excess cash flow” under the Senior Credit Agreement in respect of the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 (provided any reduction under this subclause (ii) shall be required if a mandatory prepayment obligation in
respect of “excess cash flow” is in effect on any such date with the reduction not becoming effective until the date upon which consolidated financial information of the Company is internally available for the applicable year), plus (iii)
the aggregate amount applied by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to permanently reduce Indebtedness under the term component of the Senior Credit Agreement under the circumstances contemplated by Section 4.11; 
  
 (4) Indebtedness, Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred
Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Disqualified Capital Stock
or Preferred Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (i) any such Indebtedness, Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Capital Stock shall be unsecured and
expressly subordinated in right of payment to the payment and performance of the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations under any Senior Indebtedness, this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, as applicable, and (ii)
that an Incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Capital Stock that is not permitted by this clause (4) shall be deemed to have occurred upon (x) any sale to, Lien in favor of, or other disposition to a
Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of any Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary referred to in this clause (4), and (y) the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary which holds
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (5) guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Section 4.10 and in
compliance with Section 4.17; 
  
 (6) Hedging
Obligations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Hedging Obligations are entered into for genuine business purposes and not speculative purposes; 
  
 (7) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
consisting of Purchase Money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations (and refinancings thereof) in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to
this clause (7), does not exceed the greater of $10.0 million or 1.5% of Total Assets; 
  
 (8) Indebtedness in connection with surety bonds, letters of credit and performance bonds obtained in the ordinary course of business,
including in connection with workers’ compensation obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  

 -38- 

 (9) Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
or Preferred Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to the extent representing a replacement, renewal, refinancing or extension (collectively, a “refinancing”) of outstanding Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified
Capital Stock or Preferred Capital Stock issued in compliance with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of Section 4.10(a) or any of clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.10(b); provided, however, that: 
  
 (A) any such refinancing shall not exceed the sum of the
principal amount (or accreted amount (determined in accordance with GAAP), if less) or liquidation preference of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Capital Stock being refinanced, plus the amount of accrued interest or
dividends thereon, plus the amount of any reasonably determined premium necessary to accomplish and actually paid in connection with such refinancing and such reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith; 
  
 (B) Indebtedness representing a refinancing of Indebtedness
other than Senior Indebtedness shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and 
  
 (C) (i) Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that is pari passu with the Notes or the
Guarantees may only be refinanced with Indebtedness that is made pari passu with or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or with Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or a Guarantor; (ii) Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company
or a Guarantor may only be refinanced with Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or a Guarantor; (iii) Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or a Guarantor may only be refinanced with other Disqualified Capital
Stock of the Company or a Guarantor; and (iv) Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or a Guarantor may not be refinanced with Preferred Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; 
  
 (10) Indebtedness consisting of customary indemnification,
adjustments of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition of any business or assets; 
  
 (11) Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary if (w) such Acquired Indebtedness is Incurred within 270 days after
the date on which the related definitive acquisition agreement was entered into by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, (x) the aggregate principal amount of such Acquired Indebtedness is no greater than the aggregate principal amount of
Acquired Indebtedness set forth in a notice from the Company to the Trustee (an “Incurrence Notice”) within ten days after the date on which the related definitive acquisition agreement was entered into by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, which notice shall be executed on the Company’s behalf by the chief financial officer of the Company in such capacity and shall describe in reasonable detail the acquisition which such Acquired Indebtedness will be Incurred to
finance, (y) after giving pro forma effect to the acquisition described in such Incurrence Notice, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have otherwise incurred such Acquired Indebtedness under this Indenture as of the date upon
which the Company delivers such Incurrence Notice to the Trustee and (z) such Acquired Indebtedness is utilized solely to finance the acquisition described in such Incurrence Notice (including to repay or refinance indebtedness or other obligations
Incurred in connection with such acquisition and to pay related fees and expenses); 
  

 -39- 

 (12) Future ABRY Subordinated Indebtedness; and 
  
 (13) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1)
through (12) above, Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Agreement that utilizes this clause (13)) having an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20.0 million at any time
outstanding. 
  
 (c) For purposes of determining any particular
amount of Indebtedness under this Section 4.10, guarantees, Liens or letter of credit obligations supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included. For purposes of determining compliance
with this Section 4.10, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (13) of Section 4.10(b) or is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio of Section 4.10(a), the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10. In addition, the Company may, at any time, change the classification of
an item of Indebtedness, or any portion thereof, to any other clause of Section 4.10(b) or to Section 4.10(a), provided that the incurrence of the item of Indebtedness, or portion thereof, would be permitted at the time of reclassification.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date will be deemed to have been Incurred under clause (3) of Section 4.10(b) at all times. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of
original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Capital Stock in the form of additional shares of
the same class of Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Capital Stock and change in the amount outstanding due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or
issuance of any Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Capital Stock for purposes of this Section 4.10. 
  
 SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Sales of Assets. 
  
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Asset Sale, unless: 
  
 (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of
such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) and evidenced by a Board Resolution), and 
  
 (2) at least 75% of such consideration consists of (A) cash
or Cash Equivalents, (B) properties and capital assets to be used in a Related Business, (C) Capital Stock in a Person engaged in a Related Business that will become a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale or (D) a combination of
cash, Cash Equivalents and such assets. 
  
 The 75% limitation in
clause (a)(2) above will not apply to any Asset Sale in which the cash or Cash Equivalents received therefrom, determined in accordance with Section 4.11(b), are equal to or greater than the after-tax cash and Cash Equivalents that would have been
received therefrom had such provision applied. 
  
 (b) The amount
of any (1) balance sheet liabilities (other than any Pari Passu Debt or Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is actually assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and from which the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries are fully and unconditionally released shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of determining the percentage of the 

  

 -40- 

 
consideration received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in cash or Cash Equivalents and (2) notes, securities or other similar obligations
received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries from such transferee that are immediately converted, sold or exchanged (or are converted, sold or exchanged within ninety 90 days of the related Asset Sale) by the Company or the Restricted
Subsidiaries into cash or Cash Equivalents or other assets of the type referred to in clause (2)(B) or (C) above shall be deemed to be cash, in an amount equal to the net cash proceeds or the Fair Market Value of the Cash Equivalents or other assets
of the type referred to in clause (2)(B) or (C) above realized upon such conversion, sale or exchange for purposes of determining the percentage of the consideration received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in cash or Cash Equivalents.

  
 (c) If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such
conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.11. 
  
 (d) The Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may apply an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of any
Asset Sale within 365 days of receipt thereof to: 
  
 (1) repay Senior Indebtedness; or 
  
 (2) make an investment in or expenditures for properties or capital assets to be used in a Related Business or make an Investment in any Person engaged in a Related Business that as a result of or in connection with such Investment, becomes
a Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 (e) To the extent all or part of the
Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale are not applied within 365 days of such Asset Sale as described in Section 4.11(d) (1) or (2) (such Net Cash Proceeds, the “Unutilized Net Cash Proceeds”), the Company shall, within 20 days after
such 365th day, make an offer to purchase (a “Net Proceeds Offer”) all outstanding Notes and Pari Passu Debt that is subject to provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem
such Pari Passu Debt with the proceeds from the sale of assets on a pro rata basis up to an aggregate maximum principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Debt equal to such Unutilized Net Cash Proceeds, at a purchase price in cash equal to
100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the purchase date thereof; provided, however, that the Net Proceeds Offer may be deferred until there are aggregate Unutilized Net Cash Proceeds
equal to or in excess of $10.0 million, at which time the entire amount of such Unutilized Net Cash Proceeds, and not just the amount in excess of $10.0 million, shall be applied as required pursuant to this Section 4.11(e). 
  
 The Company shall mail a notice of a Net Proceeds Offer by first-class mail,
postage prepaid, to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 20 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, containing all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender
Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer and shall state the following terms: 
  
 (1) that the Net Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.11, that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; provided, however, that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari
Passu Debt tendered in a Net Proceeds Offer plus accrued interest at the expiration of such offer exceeds the aggregate amount of the Net Proceeds Offer, the Company shall select on a pro rata basis, the Notes and Pari Passu Debt to be purchased
(with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, as applicable, or multiples thereof shall be purchased) and that the Net Proceeds Offer 

  

 -41- 

 
shall remain open for a period of 20 business days or such longer periods as may be required by law; 
  
 (2) the offer price (including the amount of accrued
interest) and the Net Proceeds Offer date of payment (“Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) (which shall be not less than 30 nor more than 45 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date and which shall be at least
five business days after the Trustee receives notice thereof from the Company); 
  
 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to
the Net Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer will be required to surrender such Note, with the form
entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date;

  
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw
their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the second business day prior to the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of the Notes such Holder
delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; and 
  
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of
the Note surrendered; provided, however, that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in an original principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof. 
  
 On or before the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date, the Company shall (a) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof (in
integral multiples of $1,000) validly tendered pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer, (b) deposit with the Paying Agent, in accordance with Section 2.14, U.S. Dollars sufficient to pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, of all
Notes to be purchased and (c) deliver to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the monies specified in
clause (b) above and a copy of the Officers’ Certificate specified in clause (c) above, the Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, out of the funds deposited with the Paying Agent in accordance with the preceding sentence. The Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders new Notes equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered. Upon the payment of the purchase price for the Notes accepted for purchase, the Trustee shall return the Notes purchased to the Company for cancellation. Any monies remaining after the purchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer
shall be returned within three business days by the Trustee to the Company except with respect to monies owed as obligations to the Trustee pursuant to Article Seven. For purposes of this Section 4.11, the Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent.

  
 (f) With respect to any Net Proceeds Offer effected pursuant
to this Section 4.11, among the Notes and the Pari Passu Debt that is subject to provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem such Pari Passu Debt with the proceeds from the sale 

  

 -42- 

 
of assets, to the extent the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Debt tendered pursuant to such Net Proceeds Offer exceeds the Unutilized
Net Cash Proceeds to be applied to the repurchase or redemption thereof, such Notes and such Pari Passu Debt shall be purchased or redeemed pro rata based on the aggregate principal amount or accreted value of such Notes and such Pari Passu
Debt, as applicable, tendered by each holder thereof. To the extent the Unutilized Net Cash Proceeds exceed the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Debt tendered by the holders thereof pursuant to such Net Proceeds Offer (such excess
constituting an “Excess”), the Company may retain and utilize such Excess for any general corporate purposes. Upon the completion of a Net Proceeds Offer, the amount of Unutilized Net Cash Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

  
 (g) If the Company makes a Net Proceeds Offer, the Company
will comply with all applicable tender offer laws and regulations, including, to the extent applicable, Section 14(e) and Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable federal or state securities laws and regulations and any applicable
requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, and any violation of the provisions of this Section 4.11 relating to such Net Proceeds Offer occurring as a result of such compliance shall not be deemed an Event of Default or
an event that, with the passing of time or giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default. 
  
 (h) Each Holder shall be entitled to tender all or a portion of the Notes owned by such Holder pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer, subject to the
requirement that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in an integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount and subject to any proration among tendering Holders as described above. 
  
 SECTION 4.12. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not cause
or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: (1) pay dividends or make any
other distributions to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary, (2) make loans or advances to, or guarantee any Indebtedness or other obligations of, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary,
except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
  
 (a) the Senior Credit Agreement, or any other agreement of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date, in each case as in effect on the Issue Date, and any amendments,
restatements, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided, however, that any such amendment, restatement, renewal, replacement or refinancing is no more restrictive in the aggregate with respect to such encumbrances or
restrictions than those contained in the agreement being amended, restated, renewed, replaced or refinanced; 
  
 (b) any instrument of an Acquired Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the
extent such instrument was entered into by such Acquired Person in connection with, as a result of or in contemplation of such acquisition); provided, however, that such encumbrances and restrictions are not applicable to the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary or the properties or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Acquired Person or the property or assets of the Acquired Person; 
  
 (c) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses or contracts; 
  

 -43- 

 (d) Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capital Lease Obligations for assets acquired in the ordinary course
of business that only impose encumbrances and restrictions on the assets so acquired or subject to lease; 
  
 (e) any agreement for the sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such
encumbrances and restrictions described in this clause (e) are only applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or assets, as applicable, and any such sale or disposition is made in compliance with Section 4.11, to the extent applicable thereto;

  
 (f) refinancing Indebtedness permitted under Section
4.10(b)(9); provided, however, that such encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Indebtedness are no more restrictive in the aggregate than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness
being refinanced immediately prior to such refinancing; 
  
 (g)
this Indenture; 
  
 (h) any restriction contained in any security
agreement or mortgage securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such restriction restricts the transfer of the property subject to such security agreement or mortgage; 
  
 (i) customary restrictions imposed by the terms of shareholders’,
partnership or joint venture agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such restrictions do not apply to any Person other than the applicable company, partnership or joint venture; 

 
 (j) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; and 
  
 (k) restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed under contracts entered
into in the ordinary course of business. 
  
 SECTION 4.13. Limitation on
Transactions with Affiliates. 
  
 (a) The Company shall not,
and shall not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, conduct any business or enter into, renew, amend or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any
assets or the rendering of any service) with or for the benefit of any of their respective Affiliates (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
  
 (1) such Affiliate Transaction, taken as a whole, is on terms which are no less favorable to the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than would be available in a comparable transaction on an arm’s-length basis with an unaffiliated third party; 
  
 (2) if such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involves aggregate payments or
other consideration having a Fair Market Value in excess of $5.0 million, such Affiliate Transaction is in writing and a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall have approved such Affiliate Transaction
and determined that such Affiliate Transaction complies with the foregoing provisions, or, in the event that there are no disinterested directors, the Trustee has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that the
terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair, from a financial point of view, to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary involved in such Affiliate Transaction, as the case may be; and 
  

 -44- 

 (3) if such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involves
aggregate payments or other consideration having a Fair Market Value in excess of $15.0 million, such Affiliate Transaction is in writing and the Trustee has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that the terms of
such Affiliate Transaction are fair, from a financial point of view, to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary involved in such Affiliate Transaction, as the case may be. 
  
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions set forth in this Section 4.13 shall not apply to: 
  
 (1) transactions with or among the Company and any
Restricted Subsidiary or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (2) any Permitted Investment and any Restricted Payment or other payment or Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.09; 
  
 (3) any issuance of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or other payments, awards or grants in cash,
Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or otherwise, pursuant to employment arrangements or stock option plans for the benefit of employees, officers, directors, and consultants who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company and made in the
ordinary course of business; 
  
 (4) advances to
officers, directors, employees and consultants who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company made in the ordinary course of business and in an amount not to exceed $1.0 million in any calendar year; 
  
 (5) the payment of reasonable directors’ fees,
indemnification and similar arrangements, consulting fees, employee salaries, bonuses or employment agreements, compensation or employee benefit arrangements and incentive arrangements with any officer, director or employee of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary entered into in the ordinary course of business (including reasonable benefits thereunder); 
  
 (6) issuances and sales of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or the receipt of the proceeds of capital contributions in respect of
Qualified Capital Stock (including from the proceeds of any Future ABRY Subordinated Indebtedness); 
  
 (7) a provision or purchase of goods or services in the ordinary course of business; and 
  
 (8) any transactions undertaken pursuant to any contractual
obligations in existence on the Issue Date (or on the Closing Date and entered into in connection with the Transactions), as the same may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification or replacement is no
less favorable to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in any material respect. 
  

 -45- 

 SECTION 4.14. Limitation on Designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Company may designate after the Issue Date any Subsidiary of the Company
as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under this Indenture (a “Designation”) only if: 
  
 (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing after giving effect to such Designation; and 
  
 (b) the Company would be permitted to make an Investment (other than a
Permitted Investment but not other than Permitted Investments referred to in clause (5) or (6) in the definition thereof) at the time of Designation (assuming the effectiveness of such Designation) pursuant to Section 4.9 in an amount of the
Designation Amount. 
  
 All Subsidiaries of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries shall be automatically deemed to be Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Company may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (a “Revocation”) if: 
  
 (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing after giving effect to such Revocation; and 
  
 (b) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding
immediately following such Revocation would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of this Indenture. 
  
 All Designations and Revocations must be evidenced by filing by the Company with the Trustee of Board Resolutions and an Officers’ Certificate
certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions. 
  
 SECTION 4.15.
Limitation on Liens. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall
not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, Incur or suffer to exist any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) against or upon any of their respective properties or assets now owned or hereafter acquired, or any proceeds
therefrom or any income or profits therefrom, in each case to secure any Indebtedness unless contemporaneously therewith: 
  
 (a) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes or a Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the
Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, at least equally and ratably with or prior to such obligation with a Lien on the same collateral; and 
  
 (b) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Guarantee, effective provision is made to
secure the Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, with a Lien on the same collateral that is prior to the Lien securing such subordinated obligation, 
  
 in each case, for so long as such obligation is secured by such Lien. 
  
 SECTION 4.16. Limitation on Line of Business. 
  
 The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or engage in any business in any material respect, except for
a Related Business. 
  

 -46- 

 SECTION 4.17. Subsidiary Guarantees. 
  
 The Company will cause each domestic Restricted Subsidiary, other than a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, that becomes a
guarantor with respect to the obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or a borrower, under the Senior Credit Agreement to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes
on a senior subordinated basis. Thereafter, such Restricted Subsidiary that was not a Guarantor shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of this Indenture. In addition, the Company may, at any time, cause a Restricted Subsidiary to become a Guarantor
by executing and delivering a supplemental indenture providing for the guarantee of payments of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary on the basis provided in this Indenture. 
  
 The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released pursuant to the provisions set forth under Section 11.06. 
  
 SECTION 4.18. Provision of Financial Information. 
  
 Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the
Company will furnish to the Holders within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for reporting companies under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (provided that the first report on a fiscal quarter may be delivered
60 days after the end of the first fiscal quarter that ends after the Closing Date): 
  
 (a) all annual and quarterly financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-K and 10-Q if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s independent public
accountants; and 
  
 (b) all current reports that would be
required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. 
  
 In addition, following the consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the SEC, the
Company shall file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in the second preceding paragraph with the SEC for public availability (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities
analysts and prospective investors upon request. The Company shall also furnish to Holders, securities analysts and prospective investors upon request the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so
long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. 
  
 SECTION 4.19. Limitation on Layering. 
  
 The
Company shall not Incur any Indebtedness that by its terms would expressly rank senior in right of payment to the Notes and expressly rank subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company. No Guarantor shall Incur any
Indebtedness that by its terms would expressly rank senior in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor and expressly rank subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Guarantor. Neither the existence or lack of a
security interest nor the priority of any such security interest shall be deemed to affect the ranking or right of payment of any Indebtedness. 
  

 -47- 

 SECTION 4.20. Additional Interest Notice. 
  
 In the event that the Company is required to pay Additional Interest to a Holder of a Note pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement, the Company will provide written notice (“Additional Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than fifteen days prior to the proposed payment date for the Additional
Interest, and the Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of a Note to determine
the Additional Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Additional Interest. 
  
 SECTION 4.21. Calculation of Original Issue Discount. 
  
 The Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of each calendar
year (i) a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods) accrued on Outstanding Securities as of the end of such year and (ii) such other specific information relating to such original
issue discount as may then be relevant under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of a Note or to any other Person to deliver any
information regarding original issue discount amounts or rates. 
  
 ARTICLE FIVE 
  
 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 
  
 SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets. 
  
 (a) The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or
not the Company is the Surviving Person) any other entity and the Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, convey, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the
Company’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ properties and assets (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries) to any Person in a single transaction or series of related transactions, unless:

  
 (1) either (A) the Company shall be the
Surviving Person or (B) the Surviving Person (if other than the Company) shall be a corporation or limited liability company organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of
Columbia, and shall, in any such case, expressly assume by a supplemental indenture, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes and the performance and observance of every covenant of this
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement to be performed or observed on the part of the Company; 
  
 (2) immediately thereafter, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness not
previously an obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; 
  

 -48- 

 (3) immediately after giving effect to any such transaction including the Incurrence by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of additional Indebtedness (and treating any Indebtedness not previously an obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of such
transaction as having been Incurred at the time of such transaction), either (a) the Surviving Person could Incur, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted
Indebtedness) under the Consolidated Leverage Ratio under Section 4.10 or (b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be lower than it is prior to giving effect to such transaction; and 
  
 (4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel,
each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
  
 Notwithstanding Section 5.01(a)(3), (1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to
the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary and (2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate that has no significant assets or liabilities and was formed solely for the purpose of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of organization to another
state of the United States, provided that the surviving entity assumes, by supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement.

  
 For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease,
assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries the Capital Stock of which constitute all or substantially all the
properties and assets of the Company shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all the properties and assets of the Company. 
  
 (b) In connection with any consolidation, merger, transfer, lease or other disposition contemplated hereby, the Company shall deliver, or cause to be
delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, transfer, lease or other disposition and the supplemental
indenture in respect thereof comply with the requirements under this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 5.02. Successor Person Substituted. 
  
 Upon any consolidation or merger of the Company or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with the foregoing in which the Company is not the Surviving Person, the Surviving Person shall succeed
to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been named as the Company therein; and
thereafter except in the case of (a) a lease or (b) any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture,
the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 For all
purposes of this Indenture and the Notes (including the provision of this Section 5.02 and Sections 4.09, 4.10, and 4.15), Subsidiaries of any Surviving Person shall, upon such transaction or series of related transactions, become Restricted
Subsidiaries unless and until designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and all Indebtedness, and all Liens on property or assets, of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in
existence immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will be deemed to have been Incurred upon such transaction or series of related transactions. 
  

 -49- 

 ARTICLE SIX 
  
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  
 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. 
  
 “Event of Default” is defined for all purposes of this Indenture and with respect to the Notes as any one of the following events
(whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or
governmental body): 
  
 (1) failure to pay
principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when due and payable, whether at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon acceleration or otherwise; 
  
 (2) failure to pay any interest on any Note when due and payable, and such failure continues for 30 days or
more; 
  
 (3) failure to perform or comply with
(i) any of the provisions described in Sections 4.08 for 30 days or more or (ii) any of the provisions described under Section 5.01 for 30 days or more; 
  
 (4) failure to perform any other covenant, warranty or agreement of the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture, in the Notes or in
a Guarantee (other than those defaults specified in clause (1), (2) or (3) above) which has continued for 60 days or more after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Trustee and the Company by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; 
  
 (5) a default or defaults under the terms of one or more instruments evidencing or securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an outstanding principal amount of greater than $15.0 million individually
or in the aggregate (A) that have resulted in the acceleration of the payment of such Indebtedness, or (B) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the payment of principal when due at the final Stated Maturity of any such
Indebtedness; 
  
 (6) the rendering of a final
judgment (not subject to appeal and not covered by insurance) against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an amount greater than $15.0 million which remain unpaid, undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days after the date on
which the right to appeal has expired; 
  
 (7) a
Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or a Guarantee is found to be invalid or a Guarantor denies its liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to that effect (other than by reason
of release of the Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture); 
  
 (8) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters (x) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable
federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (y) a decree or order adjudging the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment 

  

 -50- 

 
or composition of or in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries under any applicable federal or state law, or appointing a custodian,
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the
continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period 90 consecutive days; or 
  
 (9) (a) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent; or 
  
 (b) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or
any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding
against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (c) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law; or 
  
 (d) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries
consents to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or of any
substantial part of their property; 
  
 (e) the
Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or 
  
 (f) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or

  
 (g) the Company or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries takes corporate action in furtherance of any such action. 
  
 In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as a result of the acceleration of any Indebtedness described in clause (5) of this Section 6.01, the declaration of
acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the holders of any Indebtedness described in clause (5) of this Section 6.01 have rescinded the declaration of acceleration in respect of the Indebtedness within 30 days of the date of the
declaration and if all other existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. 
  
 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission. 
  
 If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes (other than an Event of
Default with respect to the Company described in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by notice in writing to the Trustee and
the Company, may declare the unpaid principal of (and premium, if any) and accrued interest to the date of acceleration on all the outstanding Notes to be due and payable (a) if there shall no longer be any Senior Credit Agreement, immediately or
(b) if there shall be a Senior Credit 

  

 -51- 

 
Agreement, upon the first to occur of (i) the declaration of an acceleration of Indebtedness outstanding under any of the Senior Credit Agreement and (ii)
the fifth Business Day after receipt by the Company and the agents or trustees acting on behalf of any Senior Credit Agreement of such declaration given under this Indenture and, upon any such declaration, such principal amount (and premium, if any)
and accrued interest, notwithstanding anything contained in this Indenture or the Notes to the contrary will become immediately due and payable. If an Event or Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 with respect to the Company, the
Notes will automatically become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes. 
  
 At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the preceding paragraph, the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes, on behalf of all Holders of Notes, may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences (a) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, (b) if all existing Events of Default with respect to Notes
have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (c) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue
principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (d) if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances, and (e)
in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01, the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or
waived. 
  
 No such rescission will affect any subsequent Default
or impair any right consequent thereto. 
  
 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.

  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture and may take any
necessary action requested of it as Trustee to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a party. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission
by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy.
All available remedies are cumulative. Any costs associated with actions taken by the Trustee under this Section 6.03 shall be reimbursed to the Trustee by the Company. 
  
 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults and Events of Default. 
  
 Provided the Notes are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default with respect to such Notes and its consequences (including any such waiver obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange
offer for the Notes) by providing written notice thereof to the Company and the Trustee, except a Default (1) in the payment of interest on or the principal of (or premium on) any Note, includes such Default arising from failure to purchase any
Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note
affected. In the case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes will be restored to their former positions and rights under this 

  

 -52- 

 
Indenture, respectively; provided, that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

  
 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. 
  
 The Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes then outstanding may
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any power or trust conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided, however,
that subject to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, advised by counsel, determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the
Trustee in good faith shall by responsible officers determine that the action or proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee in liability or that the Trustee is not satisfactorily indemnified from the costs thereof. 
  
 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 
  
 No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with
respect to this Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default thereunder and unless the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request, and offered the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it to institute such proceeding as the Trustee, and the Trustee shall have not have received from the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of such outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of such a Note
for enforcement of payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note. 
  
 A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder (it
being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Noteholders). 
  
 SECTION 6.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
  
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or
any of its Affiliates, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any of its Affiliates under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  

SECTION 6.08. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Note on or
after the respective due dates expressed in the Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, may not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder. 
  
 SECTION 6.09. Collection Suit by Trustee. 
  
 If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium or interest specified
in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as 

  

 -53- 

 
trustee of an express trust against the Company or any Guarantor (or any other obligor on the Notes) for the whole amount of unpaid principal and accrued
interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate set forth in the Notes, and such further
amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  
 SECTION 6.10. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
  
 The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as
may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07 hereof) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any
monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any
custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Noteholder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee
any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. 
  
 Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Noteholder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of
the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceedings. 
  
 SECTION 6.11.
Priorities. 
  
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant
to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
  
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof; 
  
 SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional
Interest, if any) as to each, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes; and 
  
 THIRD: to the Company or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount from any Guarantor, to such Guarantor. 
  
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to
Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.11. 
  
 SECTION 6.12. Undertaking for
Costs. 
  
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and
the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any 

  

 -54- 

 
party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.12 does not
apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Noteholder pursuant to Section 6.08 hereof or a suit by Noteholders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 
  
 ARTICLE SEVEN 
  
 TRUSTEE 
  
 SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 
  
 (a) If an Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and
skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the same circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. 
  
 The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof
or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture. 
  
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
  
 (1) The Trustee need perform only those duties that are
specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others. 
  
 (2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the
Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine
the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). Whenever in the administration of
this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad
faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate, subject to the requirement in the preceding sentence, if applicable. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except
that: 
  
 (1) This paragraph does not limit the
effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01. 
  
 (2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts. 
  
 (3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in
accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to the terms hereof. 
  

 -55- 

 (4) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own
funds or otherwise incur any liability in the performance of any of its rights, powers or duties if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such risk or
liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
  
 (d) Whether or not
therein expressly so provided, paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (e) of this Section 7.01 shall govern every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee. 
  
 (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be
incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company or any Guarantor. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to
the extent required by the law. 
  
 SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee.

  
 Subject to Section 7.01 hereof: 
  
 (1) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document
(whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it
shall require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 13.05 hereof. The Trustee shall be protected and shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion. 
  
 (3) The Trustee may act through its attorneys, agents, accountants, experts and such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate, and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent
appointed by it with due care. 
  
 (4) The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute gross negligence or
bad faith. 
  
 (5) The Trustee may consult with
counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in
accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 
  
 (6) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities
hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder. 
  
 (7) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, 

  

 -56- 

 
consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further
inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or
by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and the Guarantors and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
  
 (8) The Trustee may request that the Company and the Guarantors deliver a certificate in the form of
Exhibit H setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’
Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
  
 (9) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever
(including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 
  
 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 
  

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform
services for or otherwise deal with the either of the Company or any Guarantor, or any Affiliates thereof, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee, however, shall be subject
to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
  
 The Trustee is permitted to
engage in other transactions with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that if it acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict or resign. 
  
 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
  
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to
the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes or any Guarantee, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s or any Guarantor’s use of the proceeds from the sale of Notes or any money paid to the Company or any Guarantor
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes, Guarantee or this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
  
 SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 
  
 The Trustee shall, within 45 days after the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes outstanding, give the Holders of the
Notes notice of all uncured Defaults or Events of Default thereunder known to it. Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment with respect to the Notes or a Default or Event of Default in complying with Section 5.01, the
Trustee may withhold such notice if and so long as it determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of the Notes. 
  

 -57- 

 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. 
  
 If required by TIA § 313(a), within 60 days after December 15 of any year, commencing 2004 the Trustee shall mail to
each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c) and TIA §
313(d). 
  
 Reports pursuant to this Section 7.06 shall be
transmitted by mail: 
  
 (1) to all Holders of
Notes, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear on the Registrar’s books; and 
  
 (2) to such Holders of Notes as have, within the two years preceding such transmission, filed their names and addresses with the Trustee
for that purpose. 
  
 A copy of each report at the time of its
mailing to Noteholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom. 
  
 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 
  
 The Company and the Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee and Agents from time
to time such compensation as the Trustee and the Company shall agree in writing for its services hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). The Company
and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee and Agents upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it in connection with its duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable compensation,
disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
  
 The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall fully indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee for, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense, including
without limitation taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee or such Agent) and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by each of them in connection with the acceptance or performance of its duties under this
Indenture including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement costs). The
Trustee or Agent shall notify the Company and the Guarantors in writing promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice asserted against the Trustee or Agent for which it may seek indemnity;
however, the failure by the Trustee or Agent to so notify the Company and the Guarantors shall not relieve the Company and Guarantors of their obligations hereunder except to the extent the Company and the Guarantors are actually prejudiced
thereby. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the
Guarantors need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss or liability determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been incurred by the Trustee through its own negligence or bad faith. 
  
 To secure the payment obligations of the Company and the Guarantors in this
Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee except such money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. 
  

 -58- 

 The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 to compensate and indemnify the
Trustee, Agents and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee, Agents and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be joint and several liabilities of the Company and each of the Guarantors and shall
survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, discharge or other termination of this Indenture, including any termination or rejection hereof under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 For purposes of this Section 7.07, the term “Trustee” shall include
any trustee appointed pursuant to this Article Seven. 
  
 SECTION 7.08.
Replacement of Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee may resign by so
notifying the Company and the Guarantors in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by notifying the Company and the removed Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with
the Company’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company may remove the Trustee at its election if: 
  
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
  
 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; 
  
 (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the
Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (4) the Trustee
otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 If the Trustee resigns
or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 
  
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, any Noteholder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately following such delivery,
the retiring Trustee shall, subject to its rights under Section 7.07 hereof, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee
shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Noteholder. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company
obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  

 -59- 

 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc. 
  
 If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all
or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another corporation or national association, subject to Section 7.10 hereof, the successor corporation or national association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee;
provided such entity shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven. 
  
 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
  
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1) and (2) in every respect. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in
the most recent applicable published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b), including the provision in § 310(b)(1). 
  

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 
  
 The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311 (b). A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  
 SECTION 7.12. Paying Agents. 
  
 The Company shall
cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to it and the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 7.12: 
  
 (1) that it will hold all sums held by it as agent for the
payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of Holders of the Notes or the Trustee; 
  
 (2) that it will at any time during the continuance of any
Event of Default, upon written request from the Trustee, deliver to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by it together with a full accounting thereof; and 
  
 (3) that it will give the Trustee written notice within 3 Business Days of any failure of the Company (or by any obligor on the Notes) in
the payment of any installment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable. 
  
 ARTICLE EIGHT 
  
 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 
  
 SECTION 8.01. Without Consent of Noteholders. 
  
 This Indenture may be amended by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, without the consent of any Holder, to: 
  
 (1) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture or make any other change that would provide any additional benefits or
rights to the Holders or that does not adversely 

  

 -60- 

 
affect the rights of any Holder or make any other change necessary to make this Indenture consistent with the description thereof contained in the Offering
Memorandum dated June 3, 2004 relating to the offering of the Notes under the heading “Description of Notes”; 
  
 (2) comply with the provisions described in Section 4.18 and Section 5.01; 
  
 (3) comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act; 
  
 (4) evidence and provide
for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; or 
  
 (5) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes. 
  
 SECTION 8.02. With Consent of Noteholders. 
  
 Modifications and amendments of this Indenture may be made by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including
consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes); provided, however, that no such modification or amendment to this Indenture may (x) without the consent of Holders of 90% or more in aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes, modify the ranking or priority of any Note or Guarantee or modify the definition of Senior Indebtedness or amend or modify the subordination provisions of this Indenture, in any case in any manner adverse to
the Holders of the Notes, or (y) without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected thereby: 
  
 (1) change the maturity of the principal of or any installment of interest on any such Note or alter the optional redemption or repurchase
provisions of any such Note or this Indenture in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes; 
  
 (2) reduce the principal amount of (or the premium on) any such Note; 
  
 (3) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any such Note; 
  
 (4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or
repurchase of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed as described in Article Three of this Indenture and paragraph 5 of the Note; 
  
 (5) change the currency of payment of principal of (or premium on) or interest on any such Note; 
  
 (6) impair the right of the Holders of Notes to receive
payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to any such Note; 
  
 (7) reduce the percentage of the principal amount of
outstanding Notes necessary for amendment to or waiver of compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or for waiver of any Default or Event of Default in respect thereof; 
  
 (8) waive a default in the payment of principal of, interest
on, or redemption payment with respect to, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders 

  

 -61- 

 
thereof as provided in this Indenture and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
  
 (9) following the consummation of a Change of Control or the
date the Company is required to make a Net Proceeds Offer, modify the provisions of any covenant (or the related definitions) in this Indenture requiring the Company to make the relevant Change of Control Offer or Net Proceeds Offer in a manner
materially adverse to the Holders of Notes affected thereby; or 
  
 (10) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 In addition to the foregoing, no modification or amendment to this Indenture may modify in any manner adverse to the rights of any holder of Senior
Indebtedness the definition of Senior Indebtedness or amend or modify the subordination provisions of this Indenture, unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or their representatives) consent to such change. 
  
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section
8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 8.01 or this Section 8.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders a notice
briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a board resolution
authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the receipt by the Trustee of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Noteholders as aforesaid and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents
described in Section 8.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture, in which
case the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture. 
  
 SECTION 8.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
  
 SECTION 8.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
  
 Until an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent conclusive and
binding upon such Holder and every subsequent Holder of the same Note or portion thereof, and of any Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in place thereof, even if notation of the consent is not made on any such Note. Any
such Holder or subsequent Holder, however, may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of a Note, if the Trustee receives the written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes effective.

  
 The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record
date for the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record 

  

 -62- 

 
date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any
consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Noteholders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of
Noteholders has been obtained. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement,
waiver or other action becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (11) of Section 8.02 hereof. In that case the amendment, supplement, waiver or other action shall bind each
Noteholder who has consented to it and every subsequent Noteholder or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note. 
  
 SECTION 8.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
  
 If an amendment, supplement, or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Company) shall
request the Holder of the Note (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Company) to deliver it to the Trustee. In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the
Noteholder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue, the Guarantors shall endorse, and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make
the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 SECTION 8.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc. 
  
 The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Eight if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not
affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee, the Trustee may, but need not, sign such amendment, supplement or waiver. In signing or refusing to
sign such amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be provided with and, subject to Section 7.01 hereof, shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating, in addition to
the matters required by Section 13.04, that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and Guarantors, enforceable against the Company and Guarantors
in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions). 
  
 ARTICLE NINE 
  
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

  
 SECTION 9.01. Discharge of Indenture. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company, this Indenture will cease to be of further
effect and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, will execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of the Notes and this Indenture and the Guarantees when: 
  
 (a) either 
  
 (1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or 
  

 -63- 

 (2) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become
due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee
in the name, and at the expense of, the Company; 
  
 (b) the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, all sums payable by it on account of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all Notes (except lost,
stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid) or otherwise, together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case
may be; and 
  
 (c) the Company has delivered to
the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided in this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Notes and this Indenture and the Guarantees of the Notes
have been complied with. 
  
 After such delivery, the Trustee upon
Company Request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified below. 
  
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
obligations of the Company in Sections 7.07, 9.05 and 9.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 
  
 SECTION 9.02. Legal Defeasance. 
  
 The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the
outstanding Notes on a date the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Company will be deemed to have paid and discharged
the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall, subject to
Section 9.06 hereof, execute instruments in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and Company acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the
rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust funds described in Section 9.04 hereof and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when
such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2,07, 2.08, 4.02, 4.03 and 4.05, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, and immunities of the Trustee hereunder (including
claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07) and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith and (D) this Article Nine. 
  

Subject to compliance with this Article Nine, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 9.02 with respect to the Notes notwithstanding the
prior exercise of its option under Section 9.03 below with respect to the Notes. 
  

 -64- 

 SECTION 9.03. Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations under Sections 4.03 (other than as it relates
to legal existence of the Company), 4.08 through 4.17, 4.18 (except for obligations mandated by the TIA) and 4.19 and clause (a)(3) of Section 5.01 released with respect to the outstanding Notes on a date the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 are
satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may fail to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other
document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the
Company’s exercise of the option in this Section 9.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) (other than with respect to Section 5.01), (4), (5) and (6) hereof shall not constitute
Events of Default. 
  
 Notwithstanding any discharge or release of
any obligations under this Indenture pursuant to Section 9.02 or this Section 9.03, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 7.07, 9,05, 9.06 and 9.08 shall survive until such time as the Notes have been paid in full.
Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 9.05 and 9.08 shall survive. 
  
 SECTION 9.04. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The following shall be the conditions to application of Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes: 
  
 (a) (1) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to
be deposited in trust for the benefit of the Noteholders with the Trustee or a Paying Agent or a trustee satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee
and any such Paying Agent, (x) money in an amount sufficient, or (y) U.S. Government Obligations that shall be payable as to principal and interest in such amounts and at such times as are sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm
of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (without consideration of any reinvestment of such interest), or (z) any combination thereof in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of and
interest on the outstanding Notes on the dates such installments are due to redemption or Stated Maturity, (2) the trustee of the irrevocable trust has been irrevocably instructed to pay such money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations
to the Trustee and (3) the Trustee or Paying Agent shall have been irrevocably instructed in writing to apply the deposited money and the proceeds from U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the terms of the
Notes to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes; 
  
 (b) the deposit described in clause (a) above will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under, any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

  
 (c) no Default has occurred and is continuing
as of the date of the deposit described in clause (a) above, provided that the incurrence of Indebtedness for the purpose of making such deposit shall not constitute a Default for purposes of this Section 9.04(c); 
  

 -65- 

 (d) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums currently due and payable by the
Company under this Indenture and under the Notes; 
  
 (e) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the termination by the Company of its obligations
have been complied with; 
  
 (f) in the case of
an election under Section 9.02, the Company has delivered to the Trustee either (1) a ruling received from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that, or (2) an Opinion of Counsel by counsel who is not an employee of the Company stating that,
since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, and based upon either case (1) or (2) such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss
for federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its legal defeasance option and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
legal defeasance option had not been exercised; and 
  
 (g) in the case of an election under Section 9.03, the Company has delivered to the Trustee either (1) a ruling received from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that, or (2) an Opinion of Counsel by counsel who is not an employee of
the Company stating that, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its covenant defeasance option under this paragraph and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance option had not been exercised. 
  
 SECTION 9.05. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
  
 All money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof)
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law. 
  
 The Company and the Guarantors shall (on a joint and
several basis) pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 9.04 hereof or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in
respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Anything in this Article Nine to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon a Company Request
any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 9.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are
in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  

 -66- 

 SECTION 9.06. Reinstatement. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01,
9.02 or 9.03 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and each Guarantor’s
obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Nine until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or
U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01 hereof; provided that if the Company or the Guarantors have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their
obligations, the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  
 SECTION 9.07. Moneys Held by Paying Agent. 
  
 In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all
moneys then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon written demand of the Company, be paid to the Trustee, or if sufficient moneys have been deposited pursuant to Section 9.04 hereof, to the Company upon an
Company Request (or, if such moneys had been deposited by the Guarantors, to such Guarantors), and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys. 
  
 SECTION 9.08. Moneys Held by Trustee. 
  
 Any moneys deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or then held by the
Company or the Guarantors in trust for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the Holder of such Note for two years after the date upon which the principal of, or
premium, if any, or interest on such Note shall have respectively become due and payable shall be repaid to the Company (or, if appropriate, the Guarantors) upon a Company Request, or if such moneys are then held by the Company or the Guarantors in
trust, such moneys shall be released from such trust; and the Holder of such Note entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company and the Guarantors for the payment thereof, and all
liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided, that the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall, at the expense of the Company
and the Guarantors, either mail to each Noteholder affected, at the address shown in the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof, or cause to be published once a week for two successive weeks, in a newspaper
published in the English language, customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in the City of New York, New York, a notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less
than 30 days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of such moneys then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company or the Guarantors or the release of any money held in trust by the Company or
any Guarantors, as the case may be, Noteholders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person. 
  

 -67- 

 ARTICLE TEN 
  
 SUBORDINATION 
  
 SECTION 10.01. Notes Subordinated to Senior Indebtedness. 
  
 The Company covenants and agrees, and the Trustee and each Holder of the Notes by the acceptance thereof likewise covenant and agree, that all Notes shall
be issued subject to the provisions of this Article Ten; and each person holding any Note, whether upon original issue or upon transfer, assignment or exchange thereof, accepts and agrees that all payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the Notes by the Company shall, to the extent and in the manner set forth in this Article Ten, be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations arising under Senior Indebtedness.

  
 SECTION 10.02. No Payment on Notes in Certain Circumstances.

  
 (a) No direct or indirect payment (excluding
any payment or distribution of Permitted Junior Securities and excluding any payment from funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to Article Nine (a “Defeasance Trust Payment”)) by or on behalf of the Company of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, whether pursuant to the terms of the Notes, upon acceleration, pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer, upon redemption or otherwise, will be made and the Company may not
defease the Notes, if, at the time of such payment or defeasance, there exists a default in the payment of all or any portion of the obligations on any Designated Senior Indebtedness, whether at maturity, on account of mandatory redemption or
prepayment, acceleration or otherwise, and such default shall not have been cured or waived or the benefits of this sentence waived by or on behalf of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness. In addition, during the continuance of any
non-payment event of default with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be immediately accelerated, and upon receipt by the Trustee of written notice (a “Payment Blockage Notice”)
from the holder or holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the trustee or agent acting on behalf of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, then, unless and until such event of default has been cured or waived or has ceased to
exist or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash or the benefits of these provisions have been waived by the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, no direct or indirect payment (excluding any
payment or distribution of Permitted Junior Securities and excluding any Defeasance Trust Payment) will be made by or on behalf of the Company of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, whether pursuant to the terms of the Notes,
upon acceleration, pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer, upon redemption or otherwise to such Holders, and the Company will not defease the Notes during a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing on
the date of receipt of such notice by the Trustee and ending 179 days thereafter. 
  
 Notwithstanding anything in the subordination provisions of this Indenture or the Notes to the contrary, (1) in no event will a Payment
Blockage Period extend beyond 179 days from the date the Payment Blockage Notice in respect thereof was given, (2) there shall be a period of at least 181 consecutive days in each 360-day period when no Payment Blockage Period is in effect and (3)
not more than one Payment Blockage Period may be commenced with respect to the Notes during any period of 360 consecutive days. No event of default that existed or was continuing on the date of commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with
respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness initiating such Payment Blockage Period (to the extent the holder 

  

 -68- 

 
of Designated Senior Indebtedness, or trustee or agent, giving notice commencing such Payment Blockage Period had knowledge of such existing or continuing
event of default) may be, or be made, the basis for the commencement of any other Payment Blockage Period by the holder or holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the trustee or agent acting on behalf of such Designated Senior
Indebtedness, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such event of default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days. 
  
 (b) In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Trustee or any
Holder at a time when such payment is prohibited by Section 10.02(a), such payment shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness or their respective
representatives, or to the trustee or trustees or agent or agents under any indenture or agreement pursuant to which any of such Designated Senior Indebtedness may have been issued or incurred, as their respective interests may appear, but only to
the extent that, upon notice from the Trustee to the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness that such prohibited payment has been made, the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their representative or representatives or a trustee or
trustees) notify the Trustee in writing of the amounts then due and owing on the Designated Senior Indebtedness, if any, and only the amounts specified in such notice to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness.

  
 SECTION 10.03. Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution. 

 
 (a) Upon any payment or distribution of assets or
securities of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (excluding any payment or distribution of Permitted Junior Securities and excluding any Defeasance Trust Payment), upon any dissolution or winding-up or
total liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceedings, all Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in full in cash before the Holders of the Notes
or the Trustee on behalf of such Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment by the Company of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, or any payment by the Company to acquire any of the Notes for cash, property or
securities, or any distribution by the Company with respect to the Notes of any cash, property or securities (excluding any payment or distribution of Permitted Junior Securities and excluding any Defeasance Trust Payment). Before any payment may be
made by, or on behalf of, the Company of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes upon any such dissolution or winding-up or total liquidation or reorganization, any payment or distribution of assets or securities of the Company
of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (excluding any payment or distribution of Permitted Junior Securities and excluding any Defeasance Trust Payment), to which the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee on their behalf
would be entitled, but for the subordination provisions of this Indenture, shall be made by the Company or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, directly to the
holders of the Senior Indebtedness (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders) or their representatives or to the trustee or trustees or agent or agents under any agreement or
indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Indebtedness in full in cash after giving effect to any prior or concurrent
payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. 
  
 (b) In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provision prohibiting such payment or distribution, any payment or distribution of
assets or securities of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (excluding any payment or distribution 

  

 -69- 

 
of Permitted Junior Securities and excluding any Defeasance Trust Payment), shall be received by the Trustee or any Holder of Notes at a time when such
payment or distribution is prohibited by Section 10.03(a) and before all Obligations in respect of Senior Indebtedness are paid in full in cash, such payment or distribution shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid
over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders) or their respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees or agent
or agents under any indenture or agreement pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued or incurred, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all
such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash after giving effect to any prior or concurrent payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. 
  
 The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the
Company with or into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and conditions
provided in Article Five shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section 10.03 if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply
with the conditions stated in Article Five. 
  
 SECTION 10.04. Subrogation.

  
 Upon the payment in full in cash of all Senior Indebtedness,
the Holders of the Notes shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company made on such Senior Indebtedness until the principal of and interest
on the Notes shall be paid in full in cash; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee on
their behalf would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article Ten, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article Ten to the holders of Senior Indebtedness by Holders of the Notes or the Trustee on their behalf shall, as
between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Notes, be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of the Senior Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions of this Article
Ten are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Notes, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand. 
  
 If any payment or distribution to which the Holders of the Notes would
otherwise have been entitled but for the provisions of this Article Ten shall have been applied, pursuant to the provisions of this Article Ten, to the payment of all amounts payable under Senior Indebtedness, then and in such case, the Holders of
the Notes shall be entitled to receive from the holders of such Senior Indebtedness any payments or distributions received by such holders of Senior Indebtedness in excess of the amount required to make payment in full in cash of such Senior
Indebtedness. 
  
 SECTION 10.05. Obligations of Company Unconditional.

  
 Nothing contained in this Article Ten or elsewhere in this
Indenture or in the Notes is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company and the Holders of the Notes, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Notes the principal of and interest on the
Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Notes and creditors of the Company other than the holders of the Senior Indebtedness,
nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the 

  

 -70- 

 
Holder of any Note or the Trustee on their behalf from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture,
subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Ten of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy. 
  
 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, nothing contained in this
Article Ten shall restrict the right of the Trustee or the Holders of Notes to take any action to declare the Notes to be due and payable prior to their stated maturity pursuant to Section 6.01 or to pursue any rights or remedies hereunder;
provided, however, that all Senior Indebtedness then due and payable shall first be paid in full in cash before the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee are entitled to receive any direct or indirect payment from the Company of principal of or
interest on the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 10.06. Notice to Trustee. 
  
 The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known
to the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Article Ten. Unless the Trustee has failed to give notice of its change of address pursuant to Section
13.02 hereof, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any event of default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness or of any other facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee unless and until
the Trustee shall have received notice in writing at its Corporate Trust Office to that effect signed by an Officer of the Company, or by a holder of Senior Indebtedness or trustee or agent therefor; and prior to the receipt of any such written
notice, the Trustee shall, subject to Article Seven, be entitled to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section 10.06 at least two Business Days prior
to the date upon which by the terms of this Indenture any moneys shall become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note), then, regardless of anything herein to
the contrary, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive any moneys from the Company and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by
it on or after such prior date. Nothing contained in this Section 10.06 shall limit the right of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to recover payments as contemplated by Section 10.03 or from any Holder under Section 10.02(b). The Trustee shall be
entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or itself to be a holder of any Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of, or agent or other representative of, such holder) to establish
that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or a trustee or agent or representative on behalf of any such holder. A holder of Senior Indebtedness and any trustee, agent or other representative on behalf of such holder
shall be entitled to deliver all notices required by this Section 10.06 or otherwise pursuant to this Article Ten to the address of the Trustee set forth herein unless such holder or the trustee, agent or representative of such holder shall have
received actual written notice of a change of address of the Trustee. 
  
 In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that any evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Ten, the
Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution
and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article Ten, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such
payment. 
  

 -71- 

 SECTION 10.07. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent. 
  
 Upon any payment or distribution of assets or securities referred to in this
Article Ten, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which bankruptcy, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings
are pending, or upon a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of the Notes for the purpose of ascertaining the
persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts
pertinent thereto or to this Article Ten. 
  
 SECTION 10.08. Trustee’s
Relation to Senior Indebtedness. 
  
 The Trustee and any
Paying Agent shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article Ten with respect to any Senior Indebtedness which may at any time be held by it in its individual or any other capacity to the same extent as any other holder of Senior
Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee or any Paying Agent of any of its rights as such holder. 
  
 With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are
specifically set forth in this Article Ten, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty
to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (except as provided in Sections 10.02(b) and 10.03(b)). The Trustee shall not be liable to any such holders if the Trustee shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Notes or to the
Company or to any other person cash, property or securities to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article Ten or otherwise. 
  
 SECTION 10.09. Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Company or Holders of Senior Indebtedness. 

 
 No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Indebtedness to
enforce subordination as provided herein shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by
the Company with the terms of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with or by any matter or thing referred to in the second paragraph of Section 10.16. The provisions of this
Article Ten are intended to be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable directly by, the holders of Senior Indebtedness. 
  
 SECTION 10.10. Holders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Notes. 
  
 Each Holder of Notes by his acceptance of such Notes authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such
action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article Ten, and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purposes, including, in the event of any dissolution, winding-up, total liquidation or
reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization or similar proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise) tending towards liquidation of the business and assets of the
Company, the filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of its or his Notes in the form required in those proceedings. 
  

 -72- 

 SECTION 10.11. This Article Not to Prevent Events of Default. 
  
 The failure to make a payment on account of principal of or interest on the
Notes by reason of any provision of this Article Ten shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.01. 
  
 SECTION 10.12. Trustee’s Compensation and Rights to Indemnification Not Prejudiced. 
  
 Nothing in this Article Ten shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee, or its
rights to indemnification, pursuant to other sections in this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 10.13. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions. 
  
 Without in any way limiting the generality of Section 10.09, the holders of Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, without incurring
responsibility to the Holders of the Notes and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article Ten or the obligations hereunder of the Holders of the Notes to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the
following: (a) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew, alter or amend, Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness is outstanding or
secured; (b) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness; (c) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of Senior Indebtedness; and (d) exercise or refrain
from exercising any rights against the Company and any other Person. 
  
 SECTION
10.14. Subordination Provisions Not Applicable to Money Held in Trust for Holders; Payments May Be Paid Prior to Dissolution. 
  
 All money and United States Government Obligations deposited in trust with the Trustee pursuant to and in accordance with Article Nine when permitted
pursuant to Article Ten shall be for the sole benefit of the Holders and shall not be subject to this Article Ten. 
  
 Nothing contained in this Article Ten or elsewhere in this Indenture shall prevent (i) the Company, except under the conditions described in Section
10.02, from making payments of principal of and interest on the Notes or from depositing with the Trustee any moneys for such payments or from effecting a termination of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes and
this Indenture as provided in Article Nine, or (ii) the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it for the purpose of making such payments of principal of and interest on the Notes, to the holders entitled thereto unless at least two
Business Days prior to the date upon which such payment becomes due and payable, the Trustee shall have received the written notice provided for in Section 10.02(b) or in Section 10.06. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of
any dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company. 
  
 SECTION 10.15. Acceleration of Notes. 
  
 If
payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company shall promptly notify holders of the Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration. 
  

 -73- 

 ARTICLE ELEVEN 
  
 GUARANTEE OF NOTES 
  
 SECTION 11.01. Guarantee. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of this Article Eleven, the Guarantors, by execution of this Indenture, jointly and severally, guarantee to each Holder and to
the Trustee solely in its capacity as such (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on each Note, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual
payment of interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the due and punctual payment of all other obligations and due and punctual performance of all obligations of the Company to the Holders or the
Trustee all in accordance with the terms of such Note, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, and (ii) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be
promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each Guarantor, by execution of this Indenture, agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be
absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any such Note or this Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of any such Note, this Indenture or the Registration
Rights Agreement, any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the Company with respect thereto by the Holder of such Note, or any other circumstances which may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or such Guarantor.

  
 Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand
for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest or notice with respect to any such Note or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and
all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged as to any such Note except by payment in full of the principal thereof and interest thereon. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one
hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and
payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee. 
  
 The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on the net assets of each Guarantor so
long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of any Holder under the Guarantees. 
  
 SECTION 11.02. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. 
  
 To further evidence the Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee, substantially in the form included in Exhibit G hereto, shall be endorsed on each
Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and such Guarantee shall be executed by either manual or facsimile signature of an officer or an officer of a general partner, as the case may be, of each Guarantor. The validity and enforceability of
any Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. 
  

 -74- 

 Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 shall remain in full
force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. 
  
 If an officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or a Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the
Note on which such Guarantee is endorsed or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s Guarantee of such Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Guarantee set forth in this
Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor. 
  
 SECTION 11.03. Subordination of
Guarantee. 
  
 Each Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by
accepting a Note agrees, that the Obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee, are subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment of all Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor on the same basis as the Obligations on, or
relating to the Notes, are subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to Article Ten. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Guarantor agrees, and the Trustee and each Holder by
accepting a Note agrees, that the subordination and related provisions applicable to the Obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee by virtue of the preceding sentence shall be as set forth in Article Ten as if each reference to
“Company” therein were instead a reference to “a Guarantor”, each reference to “Senior Indebtedness of the Company” therein were instead a reference to “Senior Indebtedness of each Guarantor” and each
reference to “Notes” therein were instead a reference to “this Guarantee”, with such appropriate modifications as the context may require. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders shall have the
right to receive and/or retain payments by any of the Guarantors only at such times as they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, including Article Ten hereof. 
  
 SECTION 11.04. Limitation of Guarantee. 
  
 The obligations of each Guarantor are limited to the maximum amount as will,
after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any guarantees under a Senior Credit Facility permitted under Section 4.10(b)(3)) and after giving effect to any collections from or
payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its
Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. 
  
 SECTION 11.05. Additional Guarantors. 
  
 The Company covenants and agrees that it shall cause any Person which becomes obligated to guarantee the Notes, pursuant to the terms of Section 4.14, to execute a supplemental indenture and any other documentation
requested by the Trustee satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee in accordance with Section 4.17 pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture in accordance
with this Article Eleven with the same effect and to the same extent as if such Person had been named herein as a Guarantor. 
  

 -75- 

 SECTION 11.06. Release of Guarantors. 
  
 The Guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary will be automatically and unconditionally released: 
  
 (a) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other
disposition is not in violation of Section 4.11; 
  
 (b) in connection with any transaction which results in a Guarantor ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the transaction is not in violation of the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 (c) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that
is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.14. 
  
 and in each such case, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transactions have been complied with
and that such release is authorized and permitted hereunder. The Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company or a Guarantor in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee
endorsed on the Notes and under this Article Eleven. 
  
 SECTION 11.07. Waiver
of Subrogation. 
  
 Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives
any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without
limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of Notes against the Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under
contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Company, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or Note on account of such claim or other
rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust
for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each
Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 11.07 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

  
 SECTION 11.08. Notice to Trustee. 
  
 The Company or any Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee
of any fact known to the Company or any such Guarantor which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office in respect of the Guarantees. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article Eleven or any other
provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Guarantees, unless and until the Trustee shall have
received written notice thereof from the Company no later than one Business Day prior to such payment; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 11.08, and subject to the provisions
of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice referred to in this Section 11.08 at least one Business
Day prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such payment may become payable for any purpose under this Indenture (including, without limitation, the payment of 

  

 -76- 

 
the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full
power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purpose for which such money was received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it less than one Business Day prior to such date.

  
 ARTICLE TWELVE 
  
 SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEE 
  
 SECTION 12.01. Guarantee Obligations Subordinated to Guarantor Senior Indebtedness.

  
 Each Guarantor covenants and agrees, and the Trustee and each
Holder of the Notes by his acceptance thereof likewise covenant and agree, that the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article Twelve; and each person holding any Note, whether upon original issue or upon
transfer, assignment or exchange thereof, accepts and agrees that all payments of the principal of and interest on the Notes pursuant to the Guarantee made by or on behalf of any Guarantor shall, to the extent and in the manner set forth in this
Article Twelve, be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of all amounts payable under Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor. 
  
 SECTION 12.02. Payment Over Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc. 
  
 Upon any request or application by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the
Company or such Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (a)
Upon any payment or distribution of assets or securities of any Guarantor of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (excluding any payment or distribution of Permitted Junior Securities), upon any dissolution or winding-up or
total liquidation or reorganization of such Guarantor, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall first be paid in full in cash before
the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee on behalf of such Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment by such Guarantor of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes pursuant to such Guarantor’s Guarantee, or any payment
to acquire any of the Notes for cash, property or securities, or any distribution with respect to the Notes of any cash, property or securities (excluding any payment or distribution of Permitted Junior Securities). Before any payment may be made
by, or on behalf of, any Guarantor of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes upon any such dissolution or winding-up or total liquidation or reorganization, any payment or distribution of assets or securities of such Guarantor
of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (excluding any payment or distribution of Permitted Junior Securities), to which the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee on their behalf would be entitled, but for the subordination
provisions of this Indenture, shall be made by such Guarantor or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, directly to the holders of the Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of
such Guarantor (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness held by such holders) or their representatives or to the trustee or trustees or agent or agents under any agreement or
indenture pursuant to which any of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay all such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness in full in cash after giving effect to any
prior or concurrent payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. 
  

 -77- 

 (b) In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provision prohibiting such payment or distribution,
any payment or distribution of assets or securities of any Guarantor of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (excluding any payment or distribution of Permitted Junior Securities), shall be received by the Trustee or any
Holder of Notes at a time when such payment or distribution is prohibited by Section 12.02(a) and before all obligations in respect of the Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor are paid in full in cash, such payment or distribution shall
be received and held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness
held by such holders) or their respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees or agent or agents under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may
appear, for application to the payment of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash after giving effect to any prior or concurrent payment, distribution or
provision therefor to or for the holders of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. 
  
 The consolidation of any Guarantor with, or the merger of any Guarantor with or into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of any Guarantor following the conveyance or transfer of its property as an
entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and conditions provided in Article Five shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section 12.02 if such
other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in Article Five. 
  
 SECTION 12.03. Subrogation. 
  
 Upon the payment in full in cash of all Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor, or provision for payment, the Holders of the Notes shall be
subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of such Guarantor made on such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness until the principal of and interest on
the Notes shall be paid in full in cash; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Notes or the
Trustee on their behalf would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article Twelve, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article Twelve to the holders of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness by Holders of the Notes or the
Trustee on their behalf shall, as between such Guarantor, its creditors other than holders of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Notes, be deemed to be a payment by such Guarantor to or on account of such Guarantor Senior
Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions of this Article Twelve are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Notes, on the one hand, and the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of
each Guarantor, on the other hand. 
  
 If any payment or
distribution to which the Holders of the Notes would otherwise have been entitled but for the provisions of this Article Twelve shall have been applied, pursuant to the provisions of this Article Twelve, to the payment of all amounts payable under
Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, then and in such case, the Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to receive from the holders of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness any payments or distributions received by such holders of Guarantor Senior
Indebtedness in excess of the amount required to make payment in full in cash of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. 
  
 SECTION 12.04. Obligations of Guarantors Unconditional. 
  
 Subject to Sections 11.04 and 10.02, nothing contained in this Article Twelve or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Notes or the Guaranties is intended
to or shall impair, as among each of 

  

 -78- 

 
the Guarantors and the Holders of the Notes, the obligation of each Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Notes the
principal of and interest on the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Notes and creditors
of any Guarantor other than the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Holder of any Note or the Trustee on their behalf from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by
applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Twelve of the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of any Guarantor received upon the exercise of any
such remedy. 
  
 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
nothing contained in this Article Twelve shall restrict the right of the Trustee or the Holders of Notes to take any action to declare the Notes to be due and payable prior to their stated maturity pursuant to Section 6.01 or to pursue any rights or
remedies hereunder; provided, however, that all Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor then due and payable shall first be paid in full in cash before the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee are entitled to receive any direct or
indirect payment from such Guarantor of principal of or interest on the Notes pursuant to such Guarantor’s Guarantee. 
  
 SECTION 12.05. Notice to Trustee. 
  
 The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Company or any Guarantor which would prohibit the making of any
payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Article Twelve. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any event of default with respect to any Guarantor Senior Indebtedness or of
any other facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee unless and until the Trustee shall have received notice in writing at its Corporate Trust Office to that effect signed by an Officer of the Company or such
Guarantor, or by a holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness or trustee or agent therefor; and prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee shall, subject to Article Seven, be entitled to assume that no such facts exist; provided,
however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section 12.05 at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms of this Indenture any moneys shall become payable for any purpose (including,
without limitation, the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note), then, regardless of anything herein to the contrary, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive any moneys from any Guarantor and to apply the same to the
purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it on or after such prior date. Nothing contained in this Section 12.05 shall limit the right of the holders of Guarantor Senior
Indebtedness to recover payments as contemplated by Section 12.02. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or itself to be a holder of any Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (or a
trustee on behalf of, or other representative of, such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness or a trustee or representative on behalf of any such holder. 
  
 In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that any evidence is
required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Twelve, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person
under this Article Twelve, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. 
  

 -79- 

 SECTION 12.06. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent. 
  
 Upon any payment or distribution of assets or securities of a Guarantor
referred to in this Article Twelve, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which bankruptcy, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or
reorganization proceedings are pending, or upon a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of the Notes for the
purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor and other indebtedness of such Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts
paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Twelve. 
  
 SECTION 12.07. Trustee’s Relation to Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. 
  
 The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article Twelve with respect to any Guarantor Senior Indebtedness
which may at any time be held by it in its individual or any other capacity to the same extent as any other holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee or any Paying Agent of any of its rights as
such holder. 
  
 With respect to the holders of Guarantor Senior
Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article Twelve, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Guarantor Senior
Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (except as provided in Section 12.02(b)). The Trustee shall not be liable
to any such holders if the Trustee shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Notes or to the Company or to any other person cash, property or securities to which any holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness shall be
entitled by virtue of this Article Twelve or otherwise. 
  
 SECTION 12.08.
Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Guarantors or Holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. 
  
 No right of any present or future holders of any Guarantor Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as provided herein shall at any time in any way be
prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of any Guarantor or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by any Guarantor with the terms of this Indenture, regardless of any
knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with. The provisions of this Article Twelve are intended to be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable directly by, the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness.

  
 SECTION 12.09. Holders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of
Guarantee. 
  
 Each Holder of Notes by his acceptance of such
Notes authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article Twelve, and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purposes,
including, in the event of any dissolution, winding-up, total liquidation or reorganization of any Guarantor (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization or similar proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors
or otherwise) tending towards liquidation of the business and assets of such Guarantor, the filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of its or his Notes in the form required in those proceedings. 
  

 -80- 

 SECTION 12.10. This Article Not to Prevent Events of Default. 
  
 The failure to make a payment on account of principal of or interest on the
Notes by reason of any provision of this Article Twelve shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.01. 
  
 SECTION 12.11. Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced. 
  
 Nothing in this Article Twelve shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee, its Lien under Section 7.07, or its right to
indemnification, pursuant to other sections in this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 12.12.
No Waiver of Guarantee Subordination Provisions. 
  
 Without in any way limiting the generality of Section 12.08, the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, without incurring
responsibility to the Holders of the Notes and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article Twelve or the obligations hereunder of the Holders of the Notes to the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, do any one or
more of the following: (a) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Guarantor Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Guarantor Senior
Indebtedness is outstanding or secured; (b) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Guarantor Senior Indebtedness; (c) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of
Guarantor Senior Indebtedness; and (d) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any Guarantor and any other Person. 
  
 SECTION 12.13. Payments May Be Paid Prior to Dissolution. 
  
 Nothing contained in this Article Twelve or elsewhere in this Indenture shall prevent (i) a Guarantor, except under the conditions described in Section
12.02, from making payments of principal of and interest on the Notes, or from depositing with the Trustee any moneys for such payments, or (ii) the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it for the purpose of making such payments
of principal of and interest on the Notes, to the holders entitled thereto unless at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which such payment becomes due and payable, the Trustee shall have received the written notice provided for in
Section 12.06. The Guarantors shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of such Guarantor. 
  

ARTICLE THIRTEEN 
  
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 SECTION
13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
  
 If any provision
of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies any TIA provision that may be so
modified, such TIA provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified. If any provision of this Indenture excludes any TIA provision that may be so excluded, such TIA provision shall be excluded from this Indenture. 
  

 -81- 

 The provisions of TIA §§ 310 through 317 that impose duties on any Person (including the
provisions automatically deemed included unless expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture, whether or not physically contained herein. 
  
 SECTION 13.02. Notices. 
  
 Except for notice or communications to Holders, any notice or communication shall be given in writing and delivered in person, sent by facsimile,
delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: 
  
 If to the Company or any Guarantor: 
  
 Language Line, Inc. 
 1 Lower Ragsdale Drive

 Building 2 
 Monterey,
California 93940 
 Attention: Chief Executive Officer 
 Fax Number: (800) 752-0093 
  
 If
to the Trustee, Registrar or Paying Agent: 
  
 The Bank of New
York 
 101 Barclay Street - 8W 
 New York, New York 10286 
 Fax Number: (212) 815-5707 
  
 Such notices or communications shall be effective when received and shall be sufficiently given if so given within the time
prescribed in this Indenture. 
  
 The Company, the Guarantors or
the Trustee by written notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to him by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at his address shown on the register kept
by the Registrar. 
  
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to
a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication to a Noteholder is mailed in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it. 
  
 In case by reason of the suspension of regular
mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such
notice. 
  
 SECTION 13.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders.

  
 Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with
other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  

 -82- 

 SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
  
 Upon any request or application by the Company or any Guarantor to the
Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company or such Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of
the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
  
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
  
 SECTION 13.05.
Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion. 
  
 Each
certificate and opinion with respect to compliance by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
  
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

  
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and
scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, it or he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable it or
him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
  
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such covenant or condition has been complied with. 
  
 SECTION 13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
  
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or meetings of
Noteholders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
  
 SECTION 13.07. Business Days; Legal Holidays. 
  
 A “Business Day” or “business day” is a day that is not a Legal Holiday. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which (i) commercial banks in the City of New York are
authorized or required by law to close or (ii) the New York Stock Exchange is not open for trading. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday,
and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
  
 SECTION 13.08.
Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. 
  
 This Indenture,
the Notes and the Guarantees shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that such principles are not mandatorily
applicable by statute and the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. 
  

 -83- 

 EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
  
 SECTION 13.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
  
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan, security or debt agreement of the Company or any
Subsidiary thereof. No such indenture, loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 13.10. Successors. 
  
 All agreements of the Company and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee,
any additional trustee and any Paying Agents in this Indenture shall bind its successor. 
  
 SECTION 13.11. Multiple Counterparts. 
  
 The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement. 
  
 SECTION 13.12. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
  
 The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and
Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  
 SECTION 13.13. Separability. 
  
 Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any
reason any provision which is not essential to the effectuation of the basic purpose of this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any
way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 SECTION 13.14. Force Majeure.

  
 In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any
failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or
military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable
efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
  

 -84- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and
year first written above. 
  

			
	 LANGUAGE LINE, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/    C.J. BRUCATO, III

	 	 	 Name: C.J. Brucato, III

	 	 	 Title:   Vice President & Secretary

  

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/    MICHAEL PITFICK

	 	 	 Name: Michael Pitfick

	 	 	 Title: Assistant Vice President

  

 EXHIBIT A 
  

CUSIP 
  
 LANGUAGE LINE, INC. 
  

			
	 No.
	  	$                    

  
 11-1/8% SENIOR
SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2012 
  
 LANGUAGE LINE, INC., a Delaware
corporation (the “Company”), for value received, promises to pay to                          or registered
assigns the principal sum of $             dollars on June 15, 2012. 
  
 Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15. 
  
 Record Dates: June 1 and December 1. 
  
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

  

 A-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by a duly
authorized officer. 
  

			
	 LANGUAGE LINE, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  

 A-2 

 Certificate of Authentication 
  
 This is one of the 11-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  
 Dated: 
  

 A-3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE] 
  
 LANGUAGE LINE, INC. 
  
 11-1/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2012 
  
 1. Interest. LANGUAGE LINE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay, until the principal hereof is paid or made
available for payment, interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 11-1/8% per annum. Cash interest on the Notes will accrue at a rate of 11-1/8% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on each June 15
and December 15, commencing December 15, 2004. Cash interest will accrue from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from June 11, 2004, but excluding the date on which interest is
paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30 day months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest (to the full extent permitted by law) at a rate of 11-1/8% per annum. 
  
 2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest hereon (except
defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on June 1 or December 1 next preceding the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect
principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Interest may be paid by check mailed to the Holder entitled
thereto at the address indicated on the register maintained by the Registrar for the Notes. 
  
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York (the “Trustee”) will act as a Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. Neither
the Company nor any of its Affiliates may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 4. Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 11, 2004 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture) and the Trustee. This is one
of an issue of Notes of the Company issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended from time to time. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other terms used herein and not otherwise
defined have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 
  
 5.
Optional Redemption. (a) The Company, at its option, may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or after June 15, 2008 at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount), set forth
below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date),
if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

 A-4 

				
	 Year

	  	Redemption Price

	 
	 2008
	  	105.563	%
	 2009
	  	102.781	%
	 2010 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) In addition, at
any time and from time to time on or prior to June 15, 2007, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to the original issuance of Additional Notes, if
any) with the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price in cash equal to 111.125% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of
redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the
Notes (calculated after giving effect to the issuance of Additional Notes, if any) must remain outstanding immediately after giving effect to each such redemption (excluding any Notes held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries). Notice of any
such redemption must be given within 60 days after the date of the closing of the relevant Equity Offering. 
  
 (c) In the event that less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, selection of such Notes for redemption
will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not then listed on a national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot
or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided, however, that no Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part; provided, further, however, that if a partial
redemption is made with the net cash proceeds of a Equity Offering, selection of the Notes or portions thereof for redemption shall be made by the Trustee only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to the
procedures of The Depository Trust Company), unless such method is otherwise prohibited. 
  
 6. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his registered address. On and after
the Redemption Date, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
  

7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further
limitations contained therein, the Company shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
  
 8. Registration Rights. Pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement among the Company, the Guarantors, and the Initial Purchasers named therein
(the “Registration Rights Agreement”), the Company will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Note for notes of a separate series issued under the
Indenture (or a trust indenture substantially identical to the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement) which have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having substantially
identical terms as the Notes. The Holders shall be entitled to receive certain additional interest payments in the event such exchange offer is not consummated and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of
the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 9. Denominations,
Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange 

  

 A-5 

 
Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and to pay to it any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes or portion of a Note selected for redemption, or register the transfer of or exchange any Notes
for a period of 15 days before a mailing of notice of redemption. 
  
 10. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes. 
  
 11. Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee will pay the money back to the
Company at its written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another Person. 
  
 12. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Company, the Guarantors
and the Trustee (if a party thereto) may, without the consent of the Holders of any outstanding Notes, amend, waive or supplement the Indenture or the Notes for certain specified purposes, including, among other things, curing ambiguities, defects
or inconsistencies, maintaining the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and making any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder. Other amendments and modifications of
the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the
consent of the Holders of the particular Notes to be affected. 
  
 13. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional Indebtedness, pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase its
Capital Stock, make certain investments, sell assets, create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Company from its Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create liens, enter into sale and
leaseback transactions and consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and requires the Company to provide reports to Holders of the Notes. Such limitations are subject to a
number of important qualifications and exceptions. Pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations. 
  
 14. Successor Corporation. When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the
Notes and the Indenture and the transaction complies with the terms of Article Five of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation will, except as provided in Article Five, be released from those obligations. 
  
 15. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the
Indenture. Subject to certain limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) of the Indenture with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries that is a
Guarantor) occurs and is continuing, then, and in each and every such case, either the Trustee, by notice in writing to the Company, or the Holders of not less than 25% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to
the Trustee and the Company, may declare due and payable, if not already due and payable, the principal of and any accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Notes; and upon any such declaration all such amounts upon such Notes shall become and be
immediately due and payable, anything in the Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) of the Indenture occurs with respect to the Company, then the principal of and any
accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Notes shall immediately become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes. Holders 

  

 A-6 

 
may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it before it
enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice
of any continuing default (except a default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or a default in the observance or performance of any of the obligations of the Company under Article Five of the Indenture) if it
determines that withholding notice is in their best interests. 
  
 16. Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee. 
  
 17. No Recourse
Against Others. No director, officer, employee incorporator or stockholder, of the Company or any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantees or for a
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

  
 18. Discharge. The Company’s obligations pursuant
to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of United States dollars or
U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be. 
  
 19. Guarantees. The Note will be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to
the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders. 
  

20. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

  
 21. Governing Law. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH PRINCIPLES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF
ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. The Trustee, the Company, the Guarantor and the Holders agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the
Indenture or the Notes. 
  
 22. Abbreviations. Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and
U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  

 A-7 

 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.
Requests may be made to: 
  
 Language Line, Inc. 
 1 Lower Ragsdale Drive 
 Building 2

 Monterey, California 93940 
 Attention: Chief Executive Officer 
 Fax Number: (800) 752-0093 
  

 A-8 

 ASSIGNMENT 
  
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number) 
  

 (Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee) 
  
 and irrevocably appoint: 
  
 Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may
substitute another to act for him. 
  

									
					
	 Date:
	 	 	 	 	 	 Your Signature:
	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 

  
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

  
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-9 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.11
of the Indenture, check the appropriate box: 
  

			
	 ̈ Section 4.08	  	 ̈ Section 4.11

  
 If you want to have
only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  
 $                                      
                                        
   
                             (multiple of $1,000) 
  
 Date:                                     
                                    
  

			
		
	 Your Signature: 
	 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

	
	
	  
	Signature Guaranteed

  
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

  
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-10 

 EXHIBIT B 
  

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR 144A NOTES AND OTHER NOTES THAT ARE 
 RESTRICTED NOTES] 
  
 The Notes
evidenced hereby have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) and may not be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred except (a) (1) to a person who the seller reasonably believes is a
qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act purchasing for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (2) in an offshore transaction
complying with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Act, (3) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act provided by Rule 144 thereunder (if available), (4) to an institutional accredited investor in a transaction exempt from
the registration requirements of the Act or (5) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and (b) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the United States. 
  

 B-1 

 [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR 144A NOTES AND OTHER NOTES THAT ARE 
 RESTRICTED NOTES] 
  
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number) 
  

 (Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee) 
  
 and irrevocably appoint: 
  
 Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may
substitute another to act for him. 
  
 [Check One] 
  
  ̈ (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A thereunder. 
  
 or 
  
  ̈ (b) this Note is being transferred other than
in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture. 
  
 If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the
Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.15 and 2.16 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied. 
  

									
					
	 Date:
	 	 	 	 	 	 Your Signature:
	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	 

  
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

  
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 B-2 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED 
  
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for
its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is aware that
the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it
is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

									
					
	 Dated:
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  

 B-3 

 EXHIBIT C 
  

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR REGULATION S NOTE] 
  
 This Note has not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and, unless so registered, may not be
offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons unless registered under the Act or except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Act.

  

 C-1 

 [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE] 
  
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number) 
  

 (Print or type name, address
and zip code of assignee) 
  
 and irrevocably appoint: 

 
 Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may
substitute another to act for him. 
  
 [Check One] 
  
  ̈ (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A thereunder. 
  
 or 
  
  ̈ (b) this Note is being transferred other than
in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture. 
  
 If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the
Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.15 and 2.16 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied. 
  

									
					
	 Date:
	 	 	 	 	 	 Your Signature:
	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
		
	 Signature Guarantee:
	  	 

  
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

  
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 C-2 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED 
  
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for
its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is aware that
the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it
is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

									
				
	 Dated:
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 NOTICE:
	 	 To be executed by an executive officer

  

 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 
  

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE] 
  
 Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a
Restricted Note) in substantially the following form: 
  
 This
Note is a Global Note within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of a Depository or a nominee of a Depository. This Note is not exchangeable for Notes registered in the name of a person other than the
Depository or its nominee except in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture, and no transfer of this Note (other than a transfer of this Note as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository
to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository) may be registered except in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture. 
  
 Unless this Certificate is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company (a New York corporation) (“DTC”) to the
issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange, or payment, and any Certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to
Cede & Co. or such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), any transfer, pledge or other use hereof for value or otherwise by or to any person is wrongful inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has
an interest herein. 
  

 D-1 

 EXHIBIT E 
  

Form of Certificate To Be 
 Delivered in
Connection with 
 Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street - 8W

 New York, New York 10286 
  
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 In connection with our proposed purchase of 11-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012 (the “Notes”) of Language Line, Inc. (the
“Company”), we confirm that: 
  
 1. We
understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture dated as of June 11, 2004 relating to the Notes and we agree to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise
transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
  
 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities laws, have not been
and will not be qualified for sale under the securities laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction and that the Notes may not be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on
behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell any Notes, we will do so only (i) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (ii) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified
institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A), (iii) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you a signed letter
containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes, (iv) outside the United States to persons other than U.S. persons in offshore transactions meeting the requirements of Rule 904 of Regulation S
under the Securities Act, (v) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if applicable) or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration statement, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing
any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein. 
  
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications,
legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing
effect. 
  
 4. We are an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and 

  

 E-1 

 
business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting each are
able to bear the economic risk of our or their investment, as the case may be. 
  
 5. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional
“accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
  
 6. We are not acquiring the Notes with a view toward the distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act or
the securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction. 
  
 You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to
the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,

	
	 [Name of Transferee]

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  
 Date:
                             
  

 E-2 

 EXHIBIT F 
  

Form of Certificate To Be 
 Delivered in
Connection with 
 Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street - 8W

 New York, New York 10286 
  
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 
  

	 	Re:	Language Line, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) 11-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012 (the “Notes”) 

  
 Dear Sirs: 
  
 In connection with our proposed sale of
$                     aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with
Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 
  
 (1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a U.S. person or to a person in the United States; 
  
 (2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the
transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore
securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States; 
  
 (3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 904(a) of Regulation S;

  
 (4) the transaction is not part of a plan or
scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and 
  
 (5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes. 
  

 F-1 

 You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy
hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,

	
	 [Name of Transferee]

		
	 By:
	 	 

  

 F-2 

 EXHIBIT G 
  

GUARANTEES 
  
 Each of the undersigned (the “Guarantors”) hereby jointly and severally unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in the Indenture
dated as of June 11, 2004 by and among Language Line, Inc. as issuer, the Guarantors, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), and, subject to the
provisions of the Indenture, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and
punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of, and premium and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Noteholders or the Trustee, all in accordance with
the terms set forth in Article Eleven of the Indenture, and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance
with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 
  
 The obligations of the Guarantors to the Noteholders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article
Eleven of the Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this Guarantee. Each Holder of the Note to which this Guarantee is endorsed, by accepting such Note, agrees to and shall be bound by such
provisions. 
  
 [Signatures on Following Pages] 
  

 G-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors has caused this Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized
officer. 
  

			
	 [TO COME FROM K&E]

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  

 G-2 

 Exhibit H 
  

FORM OF INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE 
  
 The undersigned,                     , being
the                      of
                     (the “Company”) does hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting officers of the
Company as set forth in the right column opposite their respective names and the signatures appearing in the extreme right column opposite the name of each such officer is a true specimen of the genuine signature of such officer and such individuals
have the authority to execute documents to be delivered to, or upon the request of, The Bank of New York, as Trustee under the Indenture dated as of June 11, 2004, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York. 
  

					
	 Name

	  	 Title

	  	 Signature

	_______________________	  	_______________________	  	_______________________
	_______________________	  	_______________________	  	_______________________
	_______________________	  	_______________________	  	_______________________

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate as of the      day of             , 20    . 
  

	
	
	 
	 Name:

	 Title:

  

 G-1Registration Rights Agreement

 Exhibit 4.2 
  

  
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 Dated as of June 11,
2004 
  
 by and among 
  
 LANGUAGE LINE, INC. 
  
 and 
  
 THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
  
 and 
  
 MERRILL LYNCH & CO., 
 MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

  
 and 
  
 BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC 
  
 as Representatives of the Initial Purchasers named herein 
  

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of June 11, 2004 by and
among LANGUAGE LINE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each of the guarantors listed in Schedule A attached hereto (the “Guarantors”, and together with the Company, the
“Issuers”), and MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED (“Merrill Lynch”) and each other Initial Purchaser set forth on Schedule B attached hereto (collectively, the “Initial
Purchasers”), for whom Merrill Lynch and Banc of America Securities LLC are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”). 
  
 This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of June 3, 2004 by and among the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers (the
“Purchase Agreement”), which provides for, among other things, the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of an aggregate of $165,000,000 principal amount of the Company’s 11-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the
“Notes”) which are to be unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis (the “Guarantees”, and together with the Notes, the “Securities”) as described in the Purchase Agreement. In order
to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Issuers have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and
delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows: 
  
 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings: 
  
 “Additional Interest” shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof. 
  
 “Advice” shall have the meaning set forth in the last paragraph of Section 3 hereof. 
  
 “Applicable Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(r) hereof. 
  
 “Business Day” shall mean a day that is not
a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to be closed. 
  
 “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and also includes the Company’s
successors and permitted assigns. 
  
 “Depository” shall mean The Depository Trust Company or another Person appointed by the Company, which Person must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. 
  
 “Effectiveness Period” shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(ii) hereof. 
  

 “Event Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(ii)
hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Act” shall
mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 “Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the Issuers of Exchange Securities for Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. 
  

“Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a)
hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration
Statement” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all
exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Exchange Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Securities” shall mean the 11-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012, issued by the Company and
unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors on a senior subordinated basis pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits of, the Indenture or a trust indenture which is substantially identical to the Indenture (which, in either case, shall be qualified
under the TIA) and registered pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act, to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer, which shall have terms
identical to the terms of the Transfer Restricted Securities (except that (i) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on such Transfer Restricted Securities or, if no such interest has been paid, from the Issue
Date, (ii) the transfer restrictions thereon shall be eliminated and (iii) such Exchange Securities shall not be entitled to Additional Interest as set forth in Section 2(e) below). The Exchange Securities will be issued as evidence of the same
continuing indebtedness of the Issuers and will not constitute the creation of new indebtedness. 
  
 “Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and also includes the respective
successors and permitted assigns of each Guarantor. 
  
 “Holder” shall mean each Initial Purchaser, for so long as it owns any Transfer Restricted Securities, and each direct and indirect successor, assign and transferee of such Initial Purchaser who becomes a registered owner
of Transfer Restricted Securities under the Indenture and each Participating Broker-Dealer that holds Exchange Securities for so long as such Participating Broker-Dealer is required to deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities
Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. 
  
 “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities dated as of June 11, 2004 among the Issuers and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in
accordance with the terms thereof. 
  

 -2- 

 “Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to
this Agreement. 
  
 “Inspectors”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(m) hereof. 
  
 “Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the Securities are originally issued. 
  
 “Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Transfer
Restricted Securities. 
  
 “Merrill
Lynch” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. 
  
 “NASD” shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. 
  
 “Participating Broker-Dealer” shall mean
any Initial Purchaser or other broker-dealer that holds Transfer Restricted Securities acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that will be the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act) of the Exchange Securities to be received in the Exchange Offer. 
  
 “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited
liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 
  
 “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and
any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement,
and by all other amendments and supplements to a prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

  
 “Records” shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 3(m) hereof. 
  
 “Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(i). 
  
 “Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Issuers with this
Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all applicable SEC or NASD registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws and compliance with the rules of the NASD,
(iii) all applicable expenses incurred by the Issuers in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, and in preparing or
assisting in preparing any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance 

  

 -3- 

 
with this Agreement, (iv) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuers and of the independent certified public accountants of the Company, including
the expenses of any “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance or compliance with this Agreement, (v) the fees and expenses of the Trustee, and any exchange agent or custodian, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the listing, if any, of any of the Transfer Restricted Securities on any securities exchange or exchanges, if the Company, in its discretion, elects to make any such listing, (vii) all rating agency fees, if any, (viii) the
reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel, if any, designated in writing by the Majority Holders to act as counsel for the Holders of the Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement and (ix) any fees and
disbursements to be paid by the Issuers or sellers of securities and the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Issuers in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement; but excluding fees and disbursements of counsel to, or
other advisors or experts retained (severally or jointly) by the Holders (other than as set forth in (ii) and (viii) above), agency and other fees, expenses, underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or
disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities by a Holder. 
  
 “Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement) of the Issuers which
covers any of the Exchange Securities or the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case
including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Representatives” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. 
  
 “SEC” shall mean the Securities and
Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. 
  
 “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 “Shelf Registration” shall mean a
registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i) hereof. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Issuers relating to a
“shelf” offering in accordance with Rule 415 of the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(b) hereof which covers all of the Transfer Restricted Securities, on an
appropriate form under the Securities Act, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material
incorporated by reference therein. 
  

 -4- 

 “TIA” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Agreement. 
  
 “Transfer Restricted Securities” shall mean each Security, if issued; provided, however, that each Security shall cease to be a Transfer Restricted Security when (i) with respect to a Security
only, such Security has been exchanged by a person other than a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security or, provided the Holder thereof received timely and proper notice of the Exchange Offer, was entitled to be
exchanged by such person in the Exchange Offer by such person, but was not properly tendered into, or was withdrawn from, the Exchange Offer, (ii) with respect to a Security only, following the exchange by a Participating Broker-Dealer in the
Exchange Offer of a Security for an Exchange Security, such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such Participating Broker-Dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented, (iii) such Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement, (iv) such Security is distributed to the public
pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the Securities Act, (v) such Security shall have been otherwise transferred by the holder thereof and a new security not bearing a legend restricting further
transfer shall have been delivered by the Issuers and subsequent disposition of such new security shall not require registration or qualification under the Securities Act or any similar state law then in force, or (vi) such Security ceases to be
outstanding. 
  
 “Trustee” shall
mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture. 
  
 2. Registration Under the Securities Act. 
  
 (a)
Exchange Offer. (i) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable policy of the SEC, the Issuers shall, for the benefit of the Holders, at their cost, (A) not later than 90 days after the Issue Date, file the SEC an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act covering the offer by the Issuers to the Holders to exchange all of the Transfer Restricted Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange
Securities, (B) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act by the SEC on or prior to 210 days after the Issue Date and (C) use their
respective commercially reasonable efforts to complete such Exchange Offer of Transfer Restricted Securities for Exchange Securities on or prior to 240 days after the Issue Date. Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
the Issuers shall commence the Exchange Offer, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, it being the objective of such Exchange Offer to enable each Holder eligible and electing to exchange Transfer Restricted Securities for Exchange Securities
(assuming that such Holder (a) is not an affiliate of any Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, (b) is not a broker-dealer tendering Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from an Issuer (or an affiliate of such
Issuer) for its own account, (c) acquired the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and (d) has no arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of
distributing (within the meaning of the Securities Act) the Exchange Securities) and to transfer 

  

 -5- 

 
such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act and under state securities
or blue sky laws. 
  
 (ii) In connection with the
Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall: 
  
 (A) mail
as promptly as practicable after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Securities Act to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with, in the
case of a Holder who holds Securities held in physical certificated form, an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents and, in the case of a Holder who is the beneficial owner of such Securities held in book-entry form, instructions
regarding the procedures for automated delivery of such Securities pursuant to the Depository’s Automated Tender Offer Program and related documents; 
  
 (B) keep the Exchange Offer open for acceptance for a period of not less than 20 Business Days after the date notice thereof is mailed to
the Holders (or longer if required by applicable law) (such period referred to herein as the “Exchange Period”): 
  
 (C) utilize the services of the Depository for the Exchange Offer; 
  
 (D) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Transfer Restricted Securities at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. (New
York time) on the last Business Day of the Exchange Period by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter to the institution specified in the notice, setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Securities delivered for
exchange, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged; 
  
 (E) notify each Holder that any Transfer Restricted Securities not tendered or withdrawn will remain outstanding and continue to accrue
interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement (except in the case of the Initial Purchasers and Participating Broker-Dealers as provided herein); and 
  
 (F) otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws relating to the Exchange Offer.

  
 (iii) The Exchange Securities shall be issued
under (A) the Indenture or (B) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Securities shall not
be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that the Exchange Securities and the Securities shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the
Exchange Securities or the Securities shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. 
  

 -6- 

 (iv) The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions other than (A) that, in
the opinion of counsel to the Company, the Exchange Offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable policy or interpretation of the staff of the SEC, (B) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any
governmental agency which, in the Issuers’ reasonable judgment, might impair the ability of the Issuers to proceed with the Exchange Offer, nor shall any material adverse development have occurred in any such action or proceeding with respect
to any Issuer, (C) all governmental approvals which the Issuers deem necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer shall have been obtained and (D) the due tendering of Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the
Exchange Offer. As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer the Issuers shall: 
  
 (1) accept for exchange all Transfer Restricted Securities properly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the letter of transmittal and related documents or automated delivery instructions and related documents, as the case may be, of which shall be exhibit thereto; and

  
 (2) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the
Trustee for cancellation all Transfer Restricted Securities so accepted for exchange by the Issuers, and issue, and cause the Trustee under the Indenture to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, a new Exchange Security equal in principal
amount to the principal amount of the Securities surrendered by such Holder and accepted for exchange. 
  
 (v) To the extent not prohibited by any law or applicable policy of the SEC, the Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts
to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above, and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws in connection with the Exchange Offer. Each Holder of Securities who wishes to
exchange such Securities for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer will be required to make certain customary representations in connection therewith, including representations that (A) such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or if it is an affiliate, that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (B) such Holder is not a broker-dealer tendering
Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company (or an affiliate of the Company) for its own account and (C) any Exchange Securities to be received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business and that at the
time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities. Each Participating Broker-Dealer will be
required to further represent that any Transfer Restricted Securities to be exchanged for Exchange Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledge that it will deliver the Prospectus
included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in connection with the resale of Exchange Securities to the extent it is subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the SEC. The Company may inform the Initial Purchasers of the names and
addresses of the Holders to 

  

 -7- 

 
whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Securities in
the Exchange Offer. 
  
 (vi) Upon consummation of
the Exchange Offer in accordance with this Section 2(a), the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply, modified as necessary, solely with respect to Transfer Restricted Securities that are Exchange Securities held by Participating
Broker-Dealers and Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to a Shelf Registration pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 (b) Shelf Registration. (i) In the event that (A) due to any change in applicable law, SEC rules, regulations, policy or applicable interpretations
by the staff of the SEC, the Company is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2(a) hereof, (B) the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 240 days of the Issue Date, (C) the Initial Purchasers so request with
respect to Securities not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer or (D) any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (other than the Initial Purchasers) notifies the Company within 20 Business Days after the
commencement of the Exchange Offer that it is not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer or will not receive freely tradable Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer other than by reason of such Holder being an affiliate of the Issuers;
provided, however, that the requirement that a Participating Broker-Dealer deliver the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in connection with sales of Exchange Securities shall not result in such
Exchange Securities being not “freely tradable” (any of the events specified in (A)-(D) being a “Shelf Registration Event”), then the Issuers shall, at their own cost (1) prior to 45 days after such filing obligation
arises, file a Shelf Registration Statement covering resales of the Securities or the Exchange Securities, as applicable and (2) use their respective commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared
effective by the SEC within 135 days after such filing obligation arises. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such
Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may, after conferring with counsel with regard to information relating to Holders that would be required by the
SEC to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus included therein, reasonably request for inclusion in any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration is being
effected agrees to furnish to the Company all information with respect to such Holder necessary to make any information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading. 
  
 (ii) The Issuers agree to use their commercially reasonable
efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the second anniversary of the Issue Date (subject to extension pursuant to the last sentence of Section 3 hereof) (or such shorter period that will terminate when all of
the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto or cease to be outstanding or otherwise cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities) (the “Effectiveness Period”). The
Company further agrees, if necessary, to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by
the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registrations, 

  

 -8- 

 
and the Company agrees to furnish to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment (or, with respect to documents
incorporated by reference, to make available) promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC. 
  
 (c) Expenses. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof. Each
Holder shall pay all expenses of its counsel (other than as set forth otherwise in this Agreement), all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Transfer Restricted
Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 (d)
Effective Registration Statement. An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been
declared effective by the SEC; provided, however, that if, after it has been declared effective, the offering of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement is interfered
with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have been effective during the period of such interference, until the offering
of Transfer Restricted Securities may legally resume. The Issuers will be deemed not to have used their best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, to become, or to remain,
effective during the requisite period if they voluntarily take any action that would result in any such Registration Statement not being declared effective or in the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered thereby not being able to
exchange or offer and sell such Transfer Restricted Securities during that period, unless such action is required by, or advisable under, applicable law. 
  
 (e) Additional Interest. (i) In the event that (A) on or prior to the 90th day after the Issue Date, an Exchange Offer Registration Statement has
not been filed with the SEC, (B) on or prior to the 210th day after the Issue Date (the “Effectiveness Target Date”), an Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective, (C) on or prior to the 240th day after
the Issue Date, the Exchange Offer has not been consummated, (D) the Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed but is not filed or declared effective within the time periods required in Section 2(b) above or (E) any Registration Statement
required hereby is filed and declared effective prior to the Effectiveness Target Date but shall thereafter cease to be effective or usable in connection with the Exchange Offer or resales of Transfer Restricted Securities, as the case may be,
during the periods specified herein (as a result of an order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or otherwise) without being immediately succeeded by an additional Registration Statement covering the Transfer Restricted
Securities which has been filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (A) through (E), a “Registration Default”), then the Issuers shall pay, jointly and severally, additional interest to each Holder of
Transfer Restricted Securities as to which such Registration Default relates (“Additional Interest”), with respect to the first 90-day period (or portion thereof) while a Registration Default is continuing immediately following the
occurrence of such Registration Default, at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Securities. The amount of Additional Interest will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Securities at the
end of each subsequent 90-day period (or portion thereof) while a Registration Default is continuing until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to an aggregate maximum amount of 

  

 -9- 

 
1.00% per annum of the principal amount of the Securities. Additional Interest shall be computed based on the actual number of days elapsed during which any
such Registration Default exists. Immediately following the cure of a Registration Default, the accrual of Additional Interest with respect to such Registration Default will cease and the interest rate will revert to the original rate. 

 
 (ii) The Company shall notify the Trustee within five
Business Days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid (an “Event Date”). Additional Interest shall be paid in arrears by depositing with the Trustee, in
trust, for the benefit of the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, on or before the applicable semiannual interest payment date, immediately available funds in sums sufficient to pay the Additional Interest then due. The Additional Interest
due shall be payable in arrears on each interest payment date to the record Holder of Securities entitled to receive the interest payment to be paid on such date as set forth in the Indenture. Each obligation to pay Additional Interest shall be
deemed to accrue from, and including the day following, the applicable Event Date. 
  
 3. Registration Procedures. In connection with the obligations of the Issuers with respect to the Registration Statements pursuant to Sections 2(a) and 2(b) hereof, the Issuers shall: 
  
 (a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement
or Registration Statements as prescribed by Sections 2(a) and 2(b) hereof within the relevant time period specified in Section 2 hereof on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (i) shall be selected by the Issuers, (ii)
shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities by the selling Holders thereof and (iii) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and
include or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with
Section 2 hereof. The Issuers shall not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto in respect of which the Holders must provide information for inclusion therein without the Holders being afforded an
opportunity to review such documentation a reasonable time prior to the filing of such document or if the Majority Holders or such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their counsel or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably
object; 
  
 (b) prepare and file with the SEC
such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the Effectiveness Period or the Applicable Period, as the case may be; and cause
each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act, and comply in all material respects with the
provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the Effectiveness Period or the
Applicable Period, as the case may be, in accordance with the intended method or methods 

  

 -10- 

 
of distribution by the selling Holders thereof described in this Agreement (including sales by any Participating Broker-Dealer); 
  
 (c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, (i) notify each
Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, at least five Business Days prior to filing, that a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities is being filed and advising such Holder that the distribution of Transfer
Restricted Securities will be made in accordance with the method selected by the Majority Holders participating in the Shelf Registration; (ii) furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, without charge, as many copies of each
Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities; and (iii) subject to the last paragraph of Section 3
hereof, hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by
such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; 
  
 (d) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify, as may be required by applicable law, the Transfer Restricted Securities under all applicable state securities
or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in
advance of such date of effectiveness, and do any and all other acts and things which are reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Transfer Restricted Securities owned by
such Holder; provided, however, that no Issuer shall be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), (ii) take
any action which would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or (iii) make any changes to its formative documents or by-laws or any agreement between it and/or its subsidiaries
and its shareholders; 
  
 (e) in the case of (i)
a Shelf Registration or (ii) Participating Broker-Dealers who have notified the Company that they will be utilizing the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as provided in Section 3(r) hereof, notify each Holder of
Transfer Restricted Securities, or such Participating Broker-Dealers, as the case may be, and their counsel, if any and if the existence of such counsel is known to the Company, promptly and confirm such notice in writing (if such notice was not
originally given in writing) (A) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (B) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for post-effective
amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (C) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending
the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if any Issuer receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold by
any Participating Broker-Dealer for offer or sale in any 

  

 -11- 

 
jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (E) of the happening of any event or the failure of any event to occur or the discovery of
any facts or otherwise during the Effectiveness Period or the Applicable Period, as the case may be, which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which causes such
Registration Statement or Prospectus to omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (F) of the Company’s reasonable determination that
a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement would be appropriate; 
  
 (f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement
as soon as practicable; 
  
 (g) in the case of a
Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, without charge, one conformed copy of each Registration Statement relating to such Shelf Registration and any post-effective amendment thereto (without documents
incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested); 
  
 (h) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates not bearing any restrictive legends
representing Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration to be sold and relating to the subsequent transfer of such Securities; and cause such Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the
Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders may reasonably request at least three Business Days prior to the closing of any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities; 
  
 (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration or an Exchange Offer Registration, upon the occurrence of any
circumstance contemplated by Section 3(e)(B), 3(e)(C), 3(e)(D), 3(e)(E) or 3(e)(F) hereof, use its reasonable best efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the subject Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any
document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that (subject to Section 3(a)), as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Transfer Restricted Securities to whom a Prospectus is being delivered by a
Participating Broker-Dealer who has notified the Company that it will be utilizing the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as provided in Section 3(e) hereof, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and to notify each Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as applicable, to
suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event; 
  
 (j) use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities not later than the effective date of a
Registration Statement, and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for the Exchange Securities in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository; 
  

 -12- 

 (k) (i) cause the Indenture or the indenture provided in Section 2(a) to be qualified
under the TIA in connection with the registration of the Transfer Restricted Securities, (ii) cooperate with the Trustee or any trustee under such indenture and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture or such indenture as may be required
for the Indenture or such indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and (iii) execute, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee or any trustee under such indenture to execute, all documents as may
be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture or such indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; 
  
 (l) if a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 2(b), make available for the period specified in
Section 2(b)(ii) for inspection by not more than one counsel for all selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities and each such person who would be an “underwriter” as a result of the sale by such person of the Transfer Restricted
Securities of any such Holder and any attorney or accountant retained by any such underwriters (collectively, the “Inspectors”), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all financial and other records,
pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Issuers (collectively, the “Records”), and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Issuers to supply all information in each case reasonably requested by any such
Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement and, in each case as shall be reasonably necessary, in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to above, to enable them to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of
Section 11 of the Securities Act. Records which the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and any Records which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall be maintained in confidence and shall not be disclosed by the
Inspectors to any other Person until such time as (1) the disclosure of such Records is required to be set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or an
amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement as the case may be, does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, (in which case the subject information may only be disclosed to another Person following such time as the Shelf Registration
Statement in which such information is included is publicly filed by the Issuers with the SEC), (2) such Person shall be legally compelled to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction (but
only after such Person shall have given the Company prior written notice of such requirement) or (3) the information in such Records has been made generally available to the public. Each such Inspector will be required to agree to keep information
obtained by it as a result of its inspections pursuant to this Agreement confidential and not to use such information as the basis for any market transactions in the securities of any Issuer unless and until such is made generally available to the
public. Each Inspector will be required to further agree that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought under (1) above, give notice to the Company and allow the Company and its subsidiaries at their expense to undertake
appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential; 
  

 -13- 

 (m) use their commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and
regulations of the SEC so long as the provisions of this Agreement are applicable and make generally available to its security holders earnings statements satisfying the provisions of Section 1l(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or
any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) no later than 60 days after the end of any 12-month period (or 105 days after the end of any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year) (i) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in
which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten offering and (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Company
after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which statements shall cover said 12-month periods; 
  
 (n) if an Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon valid delivery of Transfer Restricted Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such
other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities, the Company shall mark, or cause to be marked, on such Transfer Exchange Securities and on the books of the Trustee, the Registrar (as defined in the Indenture) and,
if necessary, the Depository, delivered by such Holders that such Transfer Restricted Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities; but in no event shall such Transfer Restricted Securities be marked as paid or otherwise
satisfied solely as a result of being exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer; 
  
 (o) provide reasonable assistance to each seller of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Registration Statement participating in
the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities and one counsel acting on behalf of all such sellers in connection with the filings, if any, required to be made with the NASD; and 
  
 (p) in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (A) include in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” which section shall be reasonably acceptable to Merrill Lynch on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, and which shall contain a summary statement of the positions publicly taken or policies
made public by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any Participating Broker-Dealer, including a statement that any such Participating Broker-Dealer who receives Exchange Securities for Transfer
Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be deemed a statutory underwriter and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities, (B) furnish to each
Participating Broker-Dealer who has delivered to the Company the notice referred to in Section 3(e), without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and
any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Broker-Dealer may reasonably request, (C) hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto by any
Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with the sale or transfer of the Exchange Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, (D) use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement effective and to amend and supplement the Prospectus contained therein in order to permit such Prospectus to be lawfully delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers 

  

 -14- 

 
for such period of time as such Participating Broker-Dealers must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided,
however, that such period shall not be required to exceed the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was first declared effective by the SEC (or such longer period-if extended pursuant to the last
sentence of Section 3 hereof) and (ii) such time after the Exchange Offer is completed as the Company reasonably believes that there are no Participating Broker-Dealers owning Exchange Securities but not earlier than 90 days (the “Applicable
Period”), and (E) include in the transmittal letter or similar documentation to be executed by an exchange offeree in order to participate in the Exchange Offer (1) a provision substantially similar to the following: 
  
 “If the exchange offeree is a broker-dealer holding Securities acquired
for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of Exchange Securities received in respect of such
Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer”; 
  
 and (2) a
statement to the effect that by a broker-dealer making the acknowledgment described in clause (1) and by delivering a Prospectus in connection with the resale of Exchange Securities, such broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act. 
  
 The
Company may require each seller of Transfer Restricted Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Company such information regarding such seller and the proposed distribution of such Transfer Restricted Securities as
the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. The Company may exclude from such registration the Transfer Restricted Securities of any seller who fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time (not to exceed 15
Business Days) after receiving such request and shall be under no obligation to compensate any such seller for any lost income, interest or other opportunity forgone, or any liability incurred, as a result of the Company’s decision to exclude
such seller. 
  
 In the case of (i) a Shelf Registration Statement
or (ii) Participating Broker-Dealers who have notified the Company that they will be utilizing the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as provided in Section 3(r) hereof that are seeking to sell Exchange Securities and
are required to deliver Prospectuses, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(e)(B), 3(e)(C), 3(e)(D), 3(e)(E) or 3(e)(F) hereof, such Holder or
Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder’s or Participating
Broker-Dealer’s, as the case may be, receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(i) hereof or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the
applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies in such Holder’s or Participating Broker-Dealer’s, as the case may be, possession,
other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s or Participating Broker-Dealer’s, 

  

 -15- 

 
as the case may be, possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, current at the
time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give any such notice to suspend the disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Issuers shall use their
reasonable best efforts to file and have declared effective (if an amendment) as soon as practicable an amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and, in the case of an amendment, have such amendment declared effective as soon as
practicable and shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days in the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including
the date when the Company shall have made available to the Holders or Participating Broker-Dealers, as the case may be, (A) copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions or (B) the Advice (or such shorter
period that will terminate when all of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto or cease to be outstanding or otherwise cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities). 

 
 4. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) Each Issuer shall jointly
and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, each Holder, each Participating Broker-Dealer, each underwriter who participates in an offering of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, their
respective affiliates, and each Person, if any, who controls any of such parties within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, as follows: 
  
 (i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, joint or several, as
incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), pursuant to which Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Securities
were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; 
  
 (ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in
settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or
omission; provided that (subject to Section 4(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the prior written consent of the Company; and 
  
 (iii) against any and all expenses whatsoever, joint or several, as incurred (including reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel
(in addition to any local counsel) chosen as provided in Section 4(c) below) reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding 

  

 -16- 

 
by any court or governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such
alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) of this Section 4(a); 
  
 provided, however, that this indemnity does not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of an untrue statement or omission
or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, such Holder, such Participating Broker-Dealer or any underwriter with
respect to such Initial Purchasers, Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or underwriter, as the case may be, expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement
thereto); provided, further, that the foregoing indemnity with respect to losses, liabilities, claims, damages, or expenses resulting from an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission in a preliminary Prospectus
shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder (or to the benefit of any underwriter with respect to such Holder or to the benefit of any person controlling such Holder or underwriter) from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages,
expenses or liabilities purchased Transfer Restricted Notes if (i) such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in such preliminary Prospectus was eliminated or remedied in the final Prospectus (as amended or
supplemented if the Issuers shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto to such Holder or underwriter prior to confirmation for the sale of such Transfer Restricted Notes to such person by such Holder or underwriter) and (ii) a copy
of the Final Prospectus (as so amended and supplemented) was not furnished to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Transfer Restricted Notes to such person, unless such failure to deliver was a result of
non-compliance by the Company with Section 3(c). 
  
 (b) Each
Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, the Initial Purchasers, any underwriter and the other selling Holders and each of their respective directors and each Person, if any, who controls any of the
Company, the Initial Purchasers, any underwriter or any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever described in the
indemnity contained in Section 4(a) hereof, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any
Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such selling Holder with respect to such Holder expressly for use in such Registration
Statement (or any supplement thereto), or any such Prospectus (or any amendment thereto); provided, however, that, in the case of the Shelf Registration Statement, no such Holder shall be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the net
amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 (c) Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in
respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced 

  

 -17- 

 
as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the
case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 4(a) above, counsel to all the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Initial Purchasers, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 4(b) above, counsel to all the indemnified
parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action, in which case, counsel to such indemnifying party may also be counsel to the indemnified party; provided,
however, that, if such indemnified party at any time determines in its reasonable judgment that (i) there exists a conflict of interest between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party or (ii) there are legal defenses available to the
indemnified party that would not be available to the indemnifying party, then, counsel to the indemnifying party shall not be (or shall cease to be, as applicable) counsel to the indemnified party. For further clarification, should the indemnifying
party participate in the defense of such action under the circumstances set forth in the proviso of the preceding sentence, the indemnifying party shall indemnify the indemnified party against any and all expenses described in subsection (a)(iii)
above. If it so elects within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, an indemnifying party, jointly with any other indemnifying parties receiving such notice, may assume the defense of such action with counsel chosen by it and approved by
the indemnified parties defendant (including any impleaded parties) in such action, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election to so assume the defense
thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs
of investigation; provided, however, that, if such indemnified party at any time determines in its reasonable judgment that (i) there exists a conflict of interest between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party or (ii) there are
legal defenses available to the indemnified party that would not be available to the indemnifying party, then the indemnifying party shall not be entitled to assume such defense. If such indemnifying party is not entitled to assume the defense of
such action as a result of the proviso to the preceding sentence, then counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party and, for further clarification, the
indemnifying party shall indemnify the indemnified party against any and all expenses described in subsection (a)(iii) above. If any indemnifying party assumes the defense of such action, the indemnifying parties shall not be liable for any fees and
expenses of counsel for the indemnified parties incurred thereafter in connection with such action. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from
their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent
of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in
respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 4 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional
release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any
indemnified party. 
  

 -18- 

 (d) If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the
indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel incurred by such indemnified party as contemplated under this Section 4, then such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 4(a)(ii)
effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement
at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. Notwithstanding the immediately
preceding sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, an indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of the nature
contemplated by Section 4(a)(ii) effected without its consent if such indemnifying party (i) reimburses such indemnified party in accordance with such request to the extent the indemnifying party, in its good faith judgment, considers such requests
to be reasonable and (ii) provides written notice to the indemnified party substantiating the unpaid balance as unreasonable, in each case prior to the date of such settlement. 
  
 (e) (i) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances under which any of the indemnity provisions
set forth in this Section 4 is for any reason held to be unavailable to the indemnified parties although applicable in accordance with its terms, each indemnifying party, as applicable, shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims,
damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnity agreement incurred by such indemnifying party, as incurred; provided, however, that no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person that was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. As between the Issuers and the Holders, such parties shall contribute to such aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages
and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnity agreement in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Participating
Broker-Dealer or Initial Purchasers, as the case may be, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. 
  
 (ii) The relative fault of
any Issuer, on the one hand, and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Participating Broker-Dealer or the Initial Purchasers, as the case may be, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such Issuer, or by the Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Participating Broker-Dealer or
the Initial Purchasers, as the case may be, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. 
  
 (iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4, no Holder shall be required to contribute any amount
in excess of the amount by which the total price (without deduction for any underwriter’s commission, discount or other fee) at which the Securities sold by it under the Shelf Registration Statement exceeds the amount of any 

  

 -19- 

 
damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

  
 (iv) The Issuers and the Holders of the
Transfer Restricted Securities and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take
account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 4. 
  
 (v) For purposes of this Section 4, each affiliate of any Person, if any, who controls a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Initial Purchasers or a Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of Section
15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each director of any Issuer, each affiliate of such Issuer, each executive officer of such Issuer who signed the Registration
Statement, and each Person, if any, who controls such Issuer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. 
  
 5. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may
participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (i) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to
approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. The Issuers
shall be under no obligation to compensate any Holder for lost income, interest or other opportunity foregone, or other liability incurred, as a result of the Company’s decision to exclude such Holder from any underwritten registration if such
Holder has not complied with the provisions of this Section 5 in all material respects following 15 Business Days’ written notice of non-compliance and the Company’s decision to exclude such Holder. 
  
 6. Miscellaneous. 
  
 (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The rights granted to the Holders
hereunder do not, and will not for the term of this Agreement in any way conflict with and are not, and will not during the term of this Agreement be inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any Issuer’s other issued and
outstanding securities under any other agreements entered into by such Issuer. 
  
 (b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions
hereof may not be given, otherwise than with the prior written consent of the Issuers and the Majority Holders; provided, however, that no amendment, modification, or supplement or waiver or consent to the departure with respect to the
provisions of Section 4 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or the Issuers unless consented to in writing by such Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or the Issuers, as the case may be. 

 

 -20- 

 (c) Notices. (i) All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be
made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, facsimile, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (A) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance
with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and (B) if to the Company, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the
Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). 
  
 (ii) All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered;
five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is confirmed, if sent by facsimile; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 
  
 (iii) Copies of all such notices, demands, or other
communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture. 
  
 (d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of the Company
and the Initial Purchasers, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of
Transfer Restricted Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Transfer Restricted Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Transfer
Restricted Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Securities, such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms
and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. 
  
 (e) Third Party Beneficiary. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary of the agreements made hereunder between the Issuers, on the one hand,
and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of Holders hereunder. 
  
 (f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
  
 (g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
  
 (h) GOVERNING LAW, SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION AND TIME. THIS AGREEMENT, THE SECURITIES, THE EXCHANGE SECURITIES SHALL BE 

  

 -21- 

 
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE ISSUERS HEREBY SUBMIT TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL
AND NEW YORK STATE COURTS LOCATED IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISPUTE RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. THE ISSUERS IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION TO THE CHOICE OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH
SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. A FINAL
JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO WHOSE JURISDICTION THE ISSUERS ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON JUDGMENT. SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

  
 (i) Severability. In the event that any one or more of
the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions
contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 (j) Securities Held by the Issuers or Any of Their Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Transfer Restricted Securities is required hereunder, Transfer Restricted Securities held by any
Issuer or any of such Issuer’s affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage. 
  
 (k) Guarantors. So long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain
outstanding, the Company shall cause each of its subsidiaries that becomes a guarantor of the Securities under the Indenture to execute and deliver a counterpart to this Agreement which subjects all such subsidiaries to the provision of this
Agreement as the Guarantors. Each of the Guarantors joins the Company in all of its undertakings hereunder to effect or cause to be effected the Exchange Offer for the Exchange Securities (performance of which undertakings which will be guaranteed
by each of the Guarantors with terms identical to such Guarantors’ guaranty of the Securities) and to file any Shelf Registration Statement required hereunder. 
  

 -22- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

			
	 Very truly yours,

	
	 LANGUAGE LINE, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/    C.J. Bruato, III

	 	 	 Name: C.J. Bruato, III

	 	 	 Title: Vice President & Assistant Secretary

  

 S-1 
  
 [Registration Rights Agreement] 

 Confirmed and accepted as of the date first written above: 
  

					
	 MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
 MERRILL LYNCH,
PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
 INCORPORATED
 BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
 INCORPORATED

			
	 	 	By:	 	 /s/    Jack Mann

	 	 	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  
 For themselves and as
Representatives of the other Initial Purchasers named in Schedule B hereto. 
  

 SCHEDULE A 
  

Guarantors 
  
 LANGUAGE LINE, LLC 
 ENVOK, LLC 
 ON LINE INTERPRETERS, INC. 
 LANGUAGE LINE SERVICES, INC. 
 LANGUAGE LINE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC, LLC 
 LANGUAGE LINE PANAMA, LLC 

LANGUAGE LINE COSTA RICA, LLC 
  

 Sch A-1 

 SCHEDULE B 
  

Initial Purchasers 
  
 Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith 
 Incorporated 
 Banc of America Securities LLC 
  

 Sch B-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00071-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00071-of-00352.parquet"}]]